Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / Anika Therapeutics, Inc.

Anika Therapeutics, Inc.

anik · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker anik
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 288
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Anika Therapeutics, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 
☒ 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 

☐ 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from                          to                   

Commission File Number 001-14027 
Anika Therapeutics, Inc. 
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter) 

Delaware 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) 

04-3145961 
(IRS Employer Identification No.) 

32 Wiggins Avenue, Bedford, Massachusetts 01730 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code) 

(781) 457-9000 
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class 
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share 

Trading Symbol 
ANIK 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered 
NASDAQ Global Select Market 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has 
been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒  No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted to Rule 405 
of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting 
company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” 
and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer ☐  Accelerated filer ☒  Non-accelerated filer ☐  Smaller reporting company ☐  Emerging growth company ☐ 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying 
with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of 
internal  control over  financial  reporting  under  Section  404(b)  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  (15  U.S.C.  7262(b))  by  the  registered public 
accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ 

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant 
included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  any  of  those  error  corrections  are  restatements  that  required  a  recovery  analysis  of  incentive-based 
compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒ 

The  aggregate  market  value  of  voting  common  stock  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  registrant  as  of  June 30,  2022,  the  last  day  of  the 
registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $321,805,229 computed by reference to the closing price of common stock 
on such date. The registrant does not have any non-voting stock outstanding. 

At March 8, 2023, there were 14,632,910 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding. 

Documents Incorporated By Reference 
Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement for its 2023 annual meeting of stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ANIKA THERAPEUTICS, INC. 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Page 

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements ................................................................................................   4  

Part I 
   Item 1.  Business .............................................................................................................................................................................   7 
   Item 1A.  Risk Factors .......................................................................................................................................................................   22 
   Item 2.  Properties ...........................................................................................................................................................................   39 
   Item 3.  Legal Proceedings .............................................................................................................................................................   39 
   Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures ....................................................................................................................................................   39 
Part II 
   Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities .........   40 
   Item 6. 
[Reserved] .........................................................................................................................................................................   41 
   Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations .............................................   41  
   Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ...........................................................................................   56  
   Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ..................................................................................................................   57  
   Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures ...........................................   89 
   Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures ....................................................................................................................................................   89 
   Item 9B.  Other information  .............................................................................................................................................................   93 
   Item 9C.  Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections ...............................................................................   93  
Part III 
   Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance .................................................................................................   94  
   Item 11.  Executive Compensation ...................................................................................................................................................   94 
   Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters ...........................   94 
   Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ...................................................................   94 
   Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services ............................................................................................................................   94 
Part IV 
   Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules .....................................................................................................................   95 
   Item 16.  Form 10-K Summary .........................................................................................................................................................   97 
Signatures .............................................................................................................................................................................................   98  

References  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  to  “we,”  “us,”  “our,”  “our  company,”  and  other  similar  references  refer  to  Anika 
Therapeutics, Inc. and its subsidiaries unless the context otherwise indicates. 

ANIKA,  ANIKA  THERAPEUTICS,  ANIKAVISC,  ARTHROSURFACE,  CINGAL,  HYAFF,  HYVISC,  MONOVISC,  ORTHOVISC, 
OVOMOTION,  PARCUS  MEDICAL,  REVOMOTION,  TACTOSET,  WRISTMOTION,  and  X-TWIST  are  trademarks  or  registered 
trademarks  of  Anika  Therapeutics,  Inc.  or  its  subsidiaries  that  appear  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  For  convenience,  these 
trademarks appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K without ® and ™ symbols, but that practice does not mean that we will not assert, 
to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to the trademarks. This Annual Report on Form 10-K may also contain trademarks and 
trade names that are the property of other companies, including certain trademarks licensed to us. The use of third-party trademarks does 
not constitute an endorsement or imply a relationship or other affiliation. 

 
  
     
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
FORM 10-K 
ANIKA THERAPEUTICS, INC. 
For Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2022 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities 
Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 concerning our business, consolidated financial condition, and results 
of operations. The Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, encourages companies to disclose forward-looking statements so that 
investors can better understand a company’s future prospects and make informed investment decisions. Forward-looking statements are 
subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside our control, which could cause actual results to differ materially from these 
statements. Therefore, you should not rely on any of these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements can be identified by 
such words as "will," "likely," "may," "believe," "expect," "anticipate," "intend," "seek," "designed," "develop," "would," "future," "can," 
"could," and other expressions that are predictions of or indicate future events and trends and that do not relate to historical matters. All 
statements other than statements of historical facts included in this Annual Report regarding our strategies, prospects, financial condition, 
operations, costs, plans, and objectives are forward-looking statements. Examples of forward-looking statements include, among others, 
statements regarding expected future operating results, expectations regarding the timing and receipt of regulatory results, anticipated levels 
of capital expenditures, and expectations of the effect on our financial condition of claims, litigation, and governmental and regulatory 
proceedings. 

Please refer to "Item 1A. Risk Factors" for important factors that we believe could cause actual results to differ materially from 
those in our forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement made by us in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is based only on 
information currently available to us and speaks only as of the date on which it is made. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any 
forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time, whether as a result of new information, future 
developments, or otherwise. 

4 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
RISK FACTOR SUMMARY 

The risk factors detailed in Item 1A entitled “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are the risks that we believe are 
material to our investors and a reader should carefully consider them. Those risks are not all of the risks we face and other factors not 
presently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial may also affect our business if they occur. The following is a summary 
of the risk factors detailed in Item 1A: 

•  Our financial performance depends on sales growth and increasing demand for our legacy and acquired product portfolios, and 

we may not be able to successfully manage the recent, and future, expansion of our operations. 
Substantial competition could materially affect our financial performance. 

• 
•  Our business may be adversely affected if consolidation in the healthcare industry leads to demand for price concessions or if 

we are excluded from being a supplier by a group purchasing organization or similar entity. 

•  A significant portion of our OA Pain Management revenues are derived from a small number of customers, the loss of which 

could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

•  We experience quarterly sales volume variation, which makes our future results difficult to predict and makes period-to-period 

comparisons potentially not meaningful. 

•  We rely on a small number of suppliers for certain key raw materials and a small number of suppliers for a number of other 
materials required for the manufacturing and delivery of our products, and disruption could materially adversely affect our 
business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

•  Our manufacturing processes involve inherent risks, and disruption could materially adversely affect our business, financial 

• 

condition, and results of operations. 
Failure to comply with current or future national, international, federal or state laws and regulations, regulatory guidance and 
industry standards relating to data protection, privacy and information security, including restrictive European regulations, 
could lead to government enforcement actions (which could include civil or criminal penalties), private litigation, and/or 
adverse publicity and could negatively affect our operating results and business. 

•  We are increasingly dependent on sophisticated information technology and if we fail to effectively maintain or protect our 

information systems or data, including from data breaches, our business could be adversely affected. 

•  We may require additional capital in the future. We cannot give any assurance that such capital will be available at all or on 

terms acceptable to us, and if it is available, additional capital raised by us could dilute your ownership interest or the value of 
your shares. 

•  Our license agreements with Mitek provide substantial control of Monovisc and Orthovisc in the United States to Mitek, and 

Mitek’s actions could have a material impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

•  We may not succeed in our integration and buildout of our direct sales channel in the United States, and our failure to do so 

could negatively impact our business and financial results. 

•  We are dependent upon marketing and distribution partners and the failure to maintain strategic alliances on acceptable terms 

• 

will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 
Sales of our products are largely dependent upon third-party health insurance coverage and reimbursement and our 
performance may be harmed by health care cost containment initiatives or decisions of individual third-party payers. 

•  We are facing a longer than expected pathway to commercialize our Cingal product in the United States, and we may face other 
unforeseen difficulties in achieving regulatory approval for Cingal, which could affect our business and financial results. 
Failure to obtain, or any delay in obtaining, FDA or other U.S. and foreign governmental clearances or approvals for our 
products may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

• 

•  Once obtained, we cannot guarantee that the FDA or international product clearances or approvals will not be withdrawn or 

that relevant agencies will not require other corrective action, and any withdrawal or corrective action could materially affect 
our business and financial results. 

•  Our operations and products are subject to extensive regulation, compliance with which is costly and time consuming, and our 

failure to comply may result in substantial penalties, including recalls of our products. 

•  Any changes in the FDA or international regulations related to product approval or approval renewal, including those currently 

under consideration by the FDA or those that apply retroactively, could adversely affect our competitive position and 
materially affect our business and financial results. 

•  Notices of inspectional observations or deficiencies from the FDA or other regulatory bodies require us to undertake corrective 
and preventive actions or other actions to address the FDA’s or other regulatory bodies' concerns. These actions could be 
expensive and time-consuming to complete and could impose an additional burden on us. 

•  We may rely on third parties to support certain aspects of our clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out 

their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain regulatory clearance or approval or 
commercialize our products, and our business could be substantially harmed. 

•  We may have difficulty managing our growth. 
•  We may not generate the expected benefits of our acquisitions, and the ongoing integration of those acquisitions could disrupt 

our ongoing business, distract our management and increase our expenses. 

5 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
•  We expect to continue to actively explore inorganic growth as a part of our future growth strategy, which exposes us to a 

variety of risks that could adversely affect our business operations. 

•  As our international sales and operations grow, we could become increasingly subject to additional economic, political, and 

other risks that could harm our business. 

•  We may be unable to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, which could have a material impact on our business 

and future financial results. 

•  Our operations are located in areas impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, and those operations have been, and may continue to 

• 

be, adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. 
The COVID-19 pandemic resulted in a significant reduction in the number of elective surgeries being performed since 2020 and
the lingering impact of the pandemic has slowed the pace of new product approvals by current and potential customers, which
has decreased the usage of, and revenue from, certain of our products. 

•  Our stock price may be highly volatile, and we cannot assure you that market making in our common stock will continue. 
•  Our charter documents contain anti-takeover provisions that may prevent or delay an acquisition of our company. 
•  We have been, and may continue to be, subject to the actions of activist stockholders, which could cause us to incur substantial 
costs, divert management’s and the board’s attention and resources, and have an adverse effect on our business and stock price. 

This section contains forward-looking statements. You should refer to the explanation of the qualifications and limitations on 

forward-looking statements beginning on page 4. 

6 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS 

Overview 

PART I 

Founded  in  1992,  Anika  Therapeutics,  Inc.  is  a  global  joint  preservation  company  that  creates  and  delivers  meaningful 
advancements in early intervention orthopedic care. Based on our collaborations with clinicians to understand what they need most to treat 
their patients, we develop minimally invasive products that restore active living for people around the world. We are committed to leading 
in high opportunity spaces within orthopedics, including osteoarthritis, or OA pain management, regenerative solutions, sports medicine 
and Arthrosurface joint solutions (previously Bone Preserving Joint Solutions). 

We have over thirty years of global expertise developing, manufacturing and commercializing products based on our hyaluronic 
acid, or HA, technology platform. HA is a naturally occurring polymer found throughout the body that is vital for proper joint health and 
tissue function. Our proprietary technologies for modifying the HA molecule allow product properties to be tailored specifically to multiple 
uses, including enabling longer residence time to support OA pain management and creating a solid form of HA called Hyaff, which is the 
platform for some of our regenerative solutions portfolio. 

In  early  2020,  we  expanded  our  overall  technology  platform,  product  portfolio,  and  significantly  expanded  our  commercial 
infrastructure,  especially  in  the  United  States,  through  our  strategic  acquisitions  of  Parcus  Medical,  LLC,  or  Parcus  Medical,  a  sports 
medicine and instrumentation solutions provider, and Arthrosurface, Inc., or Arthrosurface, a company specializing in bone preserving 
partial and total joint replacement solutions. These acquisitions have ignited the transformation of our company by augmenting our HA-
based OA pain management and regenerative products with a broad suite of products and capabilities focused on early intervention joint 
preservation primarily in upper and lower extremities such as shoulder, foot/ankle, knee and hand/wrist. 

Note: Illustration of available treatments does not reflect Anika’s full product portfolio 

7 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
Strategy 

Beginning in 2020, we launched our transformational strategy to diversify our revenue in the global joint preservation markets, 
expanding our addressable global market from the over $1 billion global OA pain management market to the over $8 billion global joint 
preservation market (which includes faster growing regenerative medicine, sports medicine and extremities segments). This multi-year 
journey, which accelerated with the acquisitions of Arthrosurface and Parcus Medical, through which we entered into the sports medicine 
and  bone  preserving  joint  technology  markets with  a  hybrid  direct  sales model  that  also  expanded  the  commercial  capabilities for  our 
regenerative solutions portfolio, leverages our existing leadership position and expertise in the HA-based OA pain management market, 
and has included strengthening our team and infrastructure with investments in people, systems and processes. The combination of Anika 
with Arthrosurface and Parcus Medical enhances the value to the clinician and their patient through a unique product portfolio suited to 
early intervention orthopedics that leverages HA’s regenerative attributes for natural, faster healing. In the upcoming years, we will continue 
to invest in our research and development pipeline and strengthen our commercial capabilities to position our product portfolio for the 
needs of clinicians that practice in ambulatory surgical centers, or ASCs, and hospitals, as well as expand into new geographic areas to 
drive accelerated growth and profitability. As our pipeline evolves, we intend to expand our HA expertise by selectively developing and 
offering solutions for joint preservation and regenerative solutions targeted at procedures that are performed in the ASCs and to focus on 
completing clinical development for key products we sell outside the United States, (i.e. Cingal and Hyalofast), to gain approval for entry 
into the large U.S. market. 

As we look forward, our business is positioned to capture value within our target markets in joint preservation. We believe our 

future success will be driven by our: 

•  Decades  of  experience  in  HA-based  regenerative  solutions  and  early  intervention  orthopedics  combined  under  new
seasoned leadership with a strong financial foundation for future investment in meaningful solutions for our customers
and their patients; 

•  Utilizing HA-based technology and manufacturing expertise to provide new and differentiated solutions for the faster

growing joint preservation and regenerative medicine markets; 

•  Robust network of stakeholders in our target markets that will allow us to identify evolving unmet patient treatment

needs; 

• 

Prioritized  investment  in  a  differentiated  pipeline  of  regenerative  solutions,  bone  preserving  implants  and  sports
medicine solutions; 

•  Global  commercial  expertise,  which  we  will  leverage  to  drive  growth  across  our  product  portfolio,  including  an

intentional site of care focus in ASCs in the United States and continued international expansion; 

• 

Pursuit  of  strategic  inorganic  growth  opportunities,  including  potential  partnerships  and  smaller  acquisitions  and
technology licensing, by leveraging our strong financial foundation and operational capabilities; and 

• 

Energized and experienced team focused on strong values, talent, and culture. 

8 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Products 

OA Pain Management  

Our OA Pain Management product family consists of: 

•  Monovisc  and  Orthovisc,  our  single-  and  multi-injection,  HA-based  viscosupplement  product  offerings  indicated  to
provide pain relief from OA conditions solely for use in the knee. Our OA Pain Management products are generally
administered to patients in an office setting. In the United States, Monovisc and Orthovisc are marketed exclusively by
DePuy  Synthes Mitek  Sports  Medicine,  part  of the  Johnson  &  Johnson  Medical  Companies,  or Mitek.  In  December
2011, we entered into a fifteen-year licensing agreement with Mitek to exclusively market Monovisc in the United States
through  December  2026.  In  December  2003,  we  entered  into  a  ten-year  licensing  agreement  to  exclusively  market
Orthovisc in the United States. Mitek extended this agreement for additional five-year terms in 2007, 2012, 2017 and 
most recently in August 2022. The current agreement expires in December 2028 unless extended at the option of Mitek.
The  Monovisc  and  Orthovisc  products  have  been  the  market  leaders,  based  on  combined  overall  revenue  in  the
viscosupplement market, since 2018. Internationally, we market our OA Pain Management products directly through a
worldwide network of commercial distributors. 

•  Cingal, our novel, next-generation, single-injection OA Pain Management product consisting of our proprietary cross-
linked HA material combined with a fast-acting steroid, designed to provide both short- and long-term pain relief. Cingal 
is CE marked and for several years has been sold outside the United States directly in over 35 countries through our 
network  of  distributors.  In  the United  States,  Cingal is  a  pipeline  product  not yet approved  for  commercial  sale;  for
additional information please see the section captioned “Item 1. Business—Research and Development.” 

•  Hyvisc, our high molecular weight injectable HA veterinary product for the treatment of joint dysfunction in horses due

to non-infectious synovitis associated with equine OA. 

Joint Preservation and Restoration  

Our Joint Preservation and Restoration product family, consists of: 

•  Regenerative Solutions. Our portfolio of orthopedic regenerative solutions leveraging our proprietary technologies based
on HA and Hyaff, which is a solid form of HA. These products include Tactoset Injectable Bone Substitute, an HA-
enhanced injectable bone repair therapy designed to treat insufficiency fractures and for augmenting hardware fixation,
such as suture anchors, and Hyalofast, a biodegradable support for human bone marrow mesenchymal stem cells used
for  cartilage  regeneration  and  as  an  adjunct  for  microfracture  surgery.  Tactoset  is  commercialized  principally  in  the
United States, whereas Hyalofast is currently available outside the United States in over 30 countries within Europe,
South America, Asia, and certain other international markets. In the United States, Hyalofast is a pipeline product under
a pivotal Investigational Device Exemption, or IDE, clinical trial and is not available for commercial sale. For additional
information, please see the section captioned “Item 1. Business—Research and Development.” 

• 

Sports Medicine. Our line of soft tissue repair solutions is used by surgeons to repair and reconstruct damaged ligaments
and tendons resulting from sports injuries, trauma and disease. These more traditional sports medicine solutions include
screws, sutures, suture anchors, grafts and other surgical systems that facilitate surgical procedures on the shoulder, knee,
hip, upper and lower extremities, and other soft tissues. Our X-Twist Fixation System, launched in September of 2022
for  limited  use  and  fully  launched  in  early  2023  for  broad  market  use  in  the  United  States  and  certain  international
markets, is a platform of knotless and knotted suture anchors designed for soft tissue repairs in the shoulder and other
extremities. 

•  Arthrosurface Joint Solutions. Our portfolio of more than 150 bone preserving joint solutions, including partial joint
replacement, joint resurfacing, and minimally invasive and bone sparing implants, is designed to treat upper and lower
extremity orthopedic conditions as well as knee and hip conditions caused by arthritic disease, trauma and injury. These
products span multiple joints including OVOMotion with Inlay Glenoid for the shoulder, WristMotion wrist arthroplasty
system,  as  well  as  foot  and  ankle,  and  knee  products  generally  intended  to  restore  a  patient’s  natural  anatomy  and
movement. Our recently launched RevoMotion Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty System (limited launch beginning early
2023),  is a  differentiated  reverse  shoulder  implant  system addressing  the  largest  portion  of  the  shoulder  replacement 
market. These products often are used to treat patients with OA progression beyond where our OA Pain Management
products can allow the patients to retain an active lifestyle when early surgical intervention becomes preferable. 

9 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
We currently commercialize our Joint Preservation and Restoration products principally by selling to hospitals and ASCs, through 

an independent network of sales representatives and distributors. 

Non-Orthopedic  

Our  Non-Orthopedic  product  family  consists  of  legacy  HA-based  products  that  are  marketed  principally  for  non-orthopedic 
applications. These products include Hyalobarrier, an anti-adhesion barrier indicated for use after abdominal-pelvic surgeries, Hyalomatrix, 
used for the treatment of complex wounds such as burns and ulcers, as well as products used in connection with the treatment of ears, nose 
and throat disorders, and ophthalmic products, including injectable, high molecular weight HA products such as Anikavisc and Nuvisc, 
used as viscoelastic agents in ophthalmic surgical procedures such as cataract extraction and intraocular lens implantation. These Non-
Orthopedic products are sold through commercial sales and marketing partners around the world. 

Sales Channels 

A majority of our products are used by clinicians and surgeons in one of three environments: office-based procedures usually 
focused on injections, hospital operating rooms and ASCs, which are clinics outside of a normal hospital setting that are often at least 
partially physician-owned. These medical care delivery environments typically require different commercial approaches and have distinct 
call points, which requires diversity in our sales approach. For instance, our OA Pain Management product family and certain products in 
our Non-Orthopedic category are almost entirely utilized in an office-based setting while our Joint Preservation and Restoration and certain 
of our Non-Orthopedic products are almost exclusively consumed in hospital operating rooms or ASCs. 

As a result of these distinctions, we employ multiple sales models in the United States to ensure that we are meeting the needs of 
our customers and other healthcare system stakeholders. For many years, we have maintained a mutually beneficial commercial partnership 
with Mitek, which sells Monovisc and Orthovisc in the United States. For this arrangement with Mitek, we sell the Monovisc and Orthovisc 
products that we manufacture to Mitek, and we also receive from Mitek a royalty on their end user sales of these products in the United 
States. We have U.S. commercial partnerships for other products in our OA Pain Management and Non-Orthopedic product families. Under 
these commercial partnerships, we sell our products directly to our partners, who perform downstream sales and marketing activities to 
customers and end-users. In addition to a transfer price, we may also structure our arrangements to receive a royalty on end user sales. 

With our expanded commercial infrastructure as a result of the Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface acquisitions, we sell our Joint 
Preservation and Restoration family directly to clinicians, including hospitals and ASCs, through our Anika sales team and large network 
of independent third-party distributors. Since the acquisitions, we integrated our U.S. commercial organization, including cross training 
our sales team to sell the consolidated Joint Preservation and Restoration product portfolio. Within this framework, we employ selling 
models that seek to maximize the benefit for our company and customers, including in certain instances, contracts with group purchasing 
organizations and certain fixed-price delivery models. 

Outside  of  the  United  States,  we  principally  market  and  sell  our  products  using  a  worldwide  network  of  commercial 
partners, along with a small number of direct sales representatives, to provide a solid foundation for future revenue growth and territorial 
expansion. Our relationships with these partners are generally structured such that we sell our products to these partners directly while they, 
with global support from our team, perform the in-country sales and marketing activities to drive growth and adoption of our products 
locally. We expect to generally maintain this model for the foreseeable future, while also selectively evaluating other options and being 
opportunistic about adopting other sales models, including direct sales, in certain jurisdictions. 

We believe that our overall sales approach provides our business with a strong base to drive revenue growth as we continue to 
grow and scale our commercial infrastructure. We will continue to focus on expanding our own commercial capabilities, including with 
respect to market access, innovative sales and delivery models, and improved logistics management. 

Manufacturing 

We manufacture all of our HA-based products, including all our OA Pain Management products and certain additional products, 
at  our  facility  in  Bedford,  Massachusetts,  where  we  have  developed  significant  manufacturing  expertise  around  procedures  such  as 
homogenized  mixing  and  filling  of  highly  viscous  liquids  and  manipulation  of  solid  HA  into  scaffolds  or  other  presentations.  We 
manufacture  much  of  our  sports  medicine  soft  tissue  repair  products  at  our  facility  in  Sarasota,  Florida  and  we  manufacture  our  bone 
preserving joint products and certain elements of our soft tissue repair portfolio utilizing third-party contract manufacturing organizations. 

10 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
The raw materials necessary to manufacture our products are generally available from multiple sources. However, we rely on a 
small number of suppliers for certain key raw materials and a small number of suppliers for certain other materials, components, parts and 
disposables  required  for  the  manufacturing  and  delivery  of  these  products.  The  downstream  effects  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  has 
impacted  our  supply  chain  as  the  companies  that  produce  our  products,  product  components  or  otherwise  support  our  manufacturing 
processes, the distribution centers where we manage our inventory, or the operations of our logistics and other service providers, including 
third parties that sterilize and store our products, are disrupted, temporarily close or experience worker shortages or expanded lead-times 
for deliveries for a sustained period of time. Any prolonged interruption of operations or significant reduction in the capacity or performance 
capability of any of our manufacturing facilities, or with any of our key suppliers, could have a material adverse effect on our operations. 
For additional information on the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our manufacturing operations, please refer to the section captioned 
“Item  1A.  Risk Factors—Risks  related to  the  COVID-19  Pandemic.  “Our  operations  are  located  in  areas impacted  by the  COVID-19 
pandemic, and those operations have been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic”, and “Our global 
supply chain may be materially adversely impacted due to the COVID-19 pandemic.” 

Research and Development  

Our  research  and  development  efforts  consist  of the  development  of  new medical  applications  for  our technology platforms, 
including new implant designs, the development of intellectual property with respect to our technology platforms and new products, the 
management of clinical trials for certain product candidates, the preparation and processing of applications for regulatory clearances and 
approvals, and process development and scale-up manufacturing activities for our existing and new product development initiatives. For 
2022, 2021, and 2020, research and development expenses were $28.2 million, $27.3 million and $23.4 million, respectively. The increase 
in 2022 was primarily due to costs to ensure compliance with growing regulatory requirements globally and new product development in 
our research and development pipeline. We anticipate that we will continue to commit significant resources to research and development 
activities, primarily for new product development, regulatory compliance, scale-up manufacturing activities, and pre-clinical and clinical 
activities. 

Our new product development efforts focus on products in four large and growing orthopedic markets to drive long-term growth: 
OA pain management, regenerative solutions, sports medicine soft tissue repair and Arthrosurface joint solutions. In order to better inform 
and  target  our  research  and  development  investment,  we  routinely  interact  with  key  external  stakeholders,  including  clinicians,  to 
encompass customer and patient insights in our development process that help ensure we bring needed solutions to the market. As we move 
forward, we plan to continue to invest in novel and meaningful new products for our target markets based on our core capabilities, including 
further expanding our regenerative HA technology platform. 

Our development focus for OA Pain Management will continue to be on bringing Cingal, our next-generation, single-injection 
HA-based viscosupplement product combined with a fast-acting steroid, to the U.S. market. In 2022, we completed a third Phase III clinical 
trial for Cingal, which achieved its primary endpoint. We will engage with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, in 2023 
on next steps for U.S. regulatory approval. In parallel, we are exploring the potential to advance Cingal through commercial partnerships 
in the U.S. and select Asian markets. These efforts will inform next steps, including if and how to proceed with another clinical trial in the 
United States. 

Development for our Joint Preservation and Restoration product family is focused in several key areas. We are developing novel 
solutions and line extensions across our regenerative solutions, sports medicine soft tissue repair and Arthrosurface joint solutions product 
families,  largely  targeting  the  faster-growing  extremities  segments  such  as  the  shoulder.  These  include  enhancements  to  existing 
regenerative solutions such as our fast-growing Tactoset Injectable Bone Substitute, which received an additional 510(k) clearance in 2021 
for hardware augmentation, along with new soft tissue fixation and extremities products like our X-Twist Fixation System that achieved 
510(k) clearance from the FDA in 2022 (with a limited market launch that began in September 2022) and our RevoMotion Reverse Shoulder 
Arthroplasty System, which received 510(k) clearance in 2021 (with a limited market launch that began in early 2023), as well as continued 
progress on a regenerative solution product targeted at rotator cuff repair utilizing our proprietary solid HA technology. We also made 
significant  progress  in  2022  on our  clinical  trial  to  support  approval  in  the  United  States  for  Hyalofast,  our  single  stage,  off  the shelf, 
cartilage repair therapy, currently sold only outside the United States. To date, we have enrolled 199 of the 200 patients targeted in the trial. 
This pivotal trial has a two-year follow-up protocol before regulatory submission. 

Intellectual Property 

We seek patent and trademark protection for our key technologies, products and product improvements, both in the U.S. and in 
select foreign countries. When determined appropriate, we enforce and plan to enforce and defend our patent and trademark rights. While 
we rely on our patent and trademark portfolio to provide us with competitive advantages as it relates to our existing and future product 
lines,  it  is  not  our  sole  source  of  protection  in  the  development and  manufacture  of  our  products.  We also  rely  upon  trade  secrets  and 
continuing technological innovations to develop and maintain our competitive position. 

11 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Competition 

We compete with many companies including large pharmaceutical firms and large and specialized medical device companies 
across our product lines. For our OA Pain Management products, our principal competitors include Sanofi Genzyme, Zimmer Biomet, Inc., 
Bioventus Inc., Avanos Medical, Inc., and Ferring Pharmaceuticals, as well as other companies that are commercializing or developing 
competitive products. Our key competitors for our Joint Preservation and Restoration products include Arthrex, Inc., the DePuy Synthes 
Companies  of  Johnson  &  Johnson,  Smith  &  Nephew  PLC.,  Stryker  Corporation,  and  Zimmer  Biomet,  Inc.,  as  well  as  certain  smaller 
organizations that focus on subsets of the larger industry, such as Catalyst OrthoScience, Enovis Corporation and Shoulder Innovations. 
Many  of  the  larger  companies  have  substantially  greater  financial  resources,  larger  research  and  development  staffs,  more  extensive 
marketing and manufacturing organizations, and more experience in regulatory processes than we have. We also compete with academic 
institutions,  government  agencies,  and  other  research  organizations  that  may  be  involved  in  the  research  and  development  and 
commercialization  of  products.  Many  of  our  competitors  also  compete  against  us  in  securing  relationships  with  collaborators  for  their 
research and development, manufacturing and supply, and distribution and commercialization programs. 

We compete with other market participants primarily on the efficacy of our products, our products’ reputation for safety, and the 
breadth  of  our  overall  product  portfolio.  Other  factors  that  impact  competition  in  our  industry  are  the  timing  and  scope  of  regulatory 
approvals,  the  availability  of  manufacturing  supplies,  raw  materials  and  finished  product  supply,  marketing  and  sales  capability, 
reimbursement coverage, product pricing, and patent protection. Some of the principal factors that may affect our ability to compete in our 
target markets include: 

•  The quality and breadth of our continued development of our product portfolio; 

•  Our ability to complete successful clinical studies and obtain FDA marketing and foreign regulatory clearances/approvals; 

•  Our ability to successfully source raw materials and components from suppliers at price points that are in-line with our financial 

objectives, as well as deliver them on schedule to meet the needs of our operational and commercial organizations; 

•  Our ability to continue to build our commercial infrastructure, integrate our sales channels and execute our sales strategies; 

•  The execution by our key partners of their commercial strategies for our products and our ability to manage our relationships with 

those key partners; 

•  Our ability to recruit and retain skilled employees; and 

•  The availability of capital resources to fund strategic activities related to the significant expansion of our business or product

portfolio, including through acquisitions of third parties or certain assets. 

We are aware of several companies that are developing and/or marketing competitive products. In some cases, competitors have 
already obtained product approvals, submitted applications for approval, or commenced human clinical studies, either in the United States 
or in certain foreign countries. All our products face substantial competition. There is a risk that we will be unable to compete effectively 
against our current or future competitors. Additionally, legislation and regulation aimed at curbing rising healthcare costs has resulted in a 
consolidation trend in the healthcare industry to create larger companies, including hospitals, with greater market power. In turn, this has 
led to greater and more intense competition in the provision of products and services to market participants. Important market makers, like 
group purchasing organizations and integrated delivery networks, have increased their negotiating leverage, and if these market makers 
demand significant price concessions or if we are excluded as a supplier by these market makers, our product revenue could be adversely 
impacted. 

12 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Governmental Regulation 

The clinical development, manufacturing, and marketing of our products are subject to governmental regulation in the United 
States, the European Union, and other territories worldwide, including pursuant to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, 
in the United States. Medical products regulated by the FDA and other regulatory authorities are generally classified as drugs, biologics, 
or medical devices, and the current classification standards for our current or future products may be altered over time due to new regulations 
or augmented interpretation of data or current regulations. 

Regulation of Medical Devices 

Medical devices intended for human use are classified into three categories (Class I, II or III) based on the controls deemed 
reasonably  necessary  by  the  FDA  to  assure  their  safety  and  effectiveness.  Class  I  and  II  devices  are  subject  to  the  510(k)  premarket 
notification process in order to be commercially distributed, unless exempt Class III devices must obtain FDA approval of their premarket 
approval applications, or PMAs, in order to be commercially distributed. 

Some of our current products are subject to premarket notification and clearance under section 510(k) of the FDCA. To obtain 
510(k)  clearance,  a  company  must  submit  to  the  FDA  a  premarket  notification,  or  510(k),  demonstrating  that  the  proposed  device  is 
“substantially equivalent” to a legally marketed device, known as a “predicate device.” A device is substantially equivalent if, with respect 
to the predicate device, it has the same intended use and has either (i) the same technological characteristics, or (ii) different technological 
characteristics, but the information provided in the 510(k) submission demonstrates that the device does not raise new questions of safety 
and effectiveness and is at least as safe and effective as the predicate device. 

The FDA aims to review and issue a determination on a 510(k) submission within 90 calendar days. As a practical matter, 510(k) 
clearance  often  takes  longer.  The  FDA  may  require  additional  information,  including  clinical  data,  to  make  a  determination  regarding 
substantial equivalence. 

If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent, it will grant 510(k) clearance to commercially market the device. If 
the FDA determines that the device is ‘‘not substantially equivalent’’ to a predicate device, the device is automatically designated as a 
Class III device. The device sponsor must then fulfill more rigorous PMA requirements or may be able to request a risk-based classification 
determination for the device in accordance with the ‘‘de novo’’ process, which is a route to market for novel medical devices that are low 
to moderate risk and are not substantially equivalent to a predicate device. 

After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would 
constitute a major change or modification in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or, depending on the modification, PMA 
approval. The determination as to whether a modification could significantly affect the device’s safety or effectiveness is initially left to 
the  manufacturer  using  available  FDA  guidance.  Many  minor  modifications  are  accomplished  by  a  ‘‘letter  to  file’’,  in  which  the 
manufacturer documents the rationale for the change and why a new 510(k) submission is not required. However, the FDA may review 
such letters to file to evaluate the regulatory status of the modified device at any time and may require the manufacturer to cease marketing 
and recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or PMA approval is obtained. 

Some of our devices are Class III devices that require PMA approval before they can be marketed. In a PMA, the manufacturer 
must demonstrate that the device is reasonably safe and effective, and the PMA must be supported by extensive data, including data from 
preclinical studies and clinical trials. The PMA must also contain a full description of the device and its components, a full description of 
the methods, facilities and controls used for manufacturing, and proposed labeling. If the FDA accepts the application for review, it has 
180 days under the FDCA to complete its review of a PMA, although in practice, the FDA’s review often takes significantly longer, and 
can  take  up  to  several  years.  An  advisory  committee  of  experts  from  outside  the  FDA  may  be  convened  to  review  and  evaluate  the 
application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device. The FDA may or may not accept the advisory 
committee’s recommendation. In addition, the FDA will generally conduct a pre-approval inspection of the applicant or its third-party 
manufacturers’ or suppliers’ manufacturing facility or facilities to ensure compliance with the QSR. 

The FDA will approve the new device for commercial distribution if it determines that the data and information in the PMA 
constitute valid scientific evidence and that there is reasonable assurance that the device is safe and effective for its intended use(s). Certain 
changes to an approved device that affect the safety or effectiveness of the device, require submission of a PMA supplement or in some 
cases a new PMA. 

Regulation of a Drug 

In order to be marketed, new drugs require FDA approval of a New Drug Application, or NDA. Satisfaction of the FDA approval 
requirements for drugs typically takes several years and the actual time required may vary substantially based on the type, complexity and 
novelty of the product. None of our products are currently approved under an NDA. 

13 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The steps for obtaining FDA approval of an NDA to market a drug in the United States include: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies under the FDA’s Good Laboratory 
Practices regulations;          

submission to the FDA of an Investigational New Drug Application, or IND, for human clinical testing, which must 
become effective before human clinical trials may begin and Institutional Review Board, or IRB, approval at each 
clinical site before the trials may be initiated;         

performance of adequate and well-controlled clinical trials in accordance with Good Clinical Practices to establish the 
safety and efficacy of the product for each indication;          

submission to the FDA of a user fee (unless a fee waiver applies) and an NDA, which contains detailed information about 
the Chemistry, Manufacturing and Control, or CMC, for the product, reports of the outcomes and full data sets of the 
preclinical testing and clinical trials, and proposed labeling and packaging for the product;          

satisfactory review of the contents of the NDA by the FDA, including the satisfactory resolution of any questions raised 
during the review; 

satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, if applicable;          

satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product is produced 
to assess compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, regulations, to assure that the facilities, 
methods and controls are adequate to ensure the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity; and       

• 

FDA approval of the NDA including agreement on post-marketing commitments, if applicable.     

After  the  NDA  submission  is  accepted  for  filing,  the  FDA  reviews  the  NDA  to  determine,  among  other  things,  whether  the 
proposed product is safe and effective for its intended use, and has an acceptable purity profile. A drug-drug combination product must 
meet the FDA’s fixed combination rule and thus demonstrate the contribution of each component to the therapeutic effect. 

If the FDA determines the application, the manufacturing process or manufacturing facilities are not acceptable, it will either not 
approve the NDA or issue a complete response letter in which it will outline the deficiencies in the NDA. If a complete response letter is 
issued, the applicant may either resubmit the NDA to address all deficiencies identified in the letter, withdraw the application, or request a 
hearing. Notwithstanding the submission of any requested additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the NDA does not 
satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval. 

The FDA seeks to review standard NDAs in 10 months and priority NDAs in six months, whereupon a review decision is to be 
made. The FDA does not always meet its goal dates for standard and priority NDAs and its review goals are subject to change from time 
to time. 

Clinical Trials 

Clinical trials are typically required to support a PMA and an NDA and are sometimes required to support a 510(k) submission. 
All clinical trials must be approved by, and conducted under the oversight of an IRB for each clinical site.  Clinical investigators must 
obtain informed consent from all study subjects. After a trial begins, we, the FDA or the IRB could suspend or terminate a clinical trial at 
any time for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to study subjects outweigh the anticipated benefits. Information about certain 
clinical  studies  must  be  submitted  with  specific  timeframes  to  the  National  Institutes  of  Health  for  public  dissemination  at 
www.clinicaltrials.gov. All clinical investigations of devices to determine safety and effectiveness must be conducted in accordance with 
the FDA’s investigational device exemption, or IDE, regulations which govern investigational device labeling, prohibit promotion of the 
investigational  device,  and  specify  an  array  of  recordkeeping,  reporting  and  monitoring  responsibilities  of  study  sponsors  and  study 
investigators. If the device presents a ‘‘significant risk’’ as defined by the FDA, to human health, the FDA requires the device sponsor to 
submit an IDE application to the FDA, which must be approved prior to commencing human clinical trials. A significant risk device is one 
that presents a potential for serious risk to the health, safety or welfare of a patient and either is implanted, purported or represented to be 
used in supporting or sustaining human life, is for a use that is substantially important in diagnosing, curing, mitigating or treating disease 
or otherwise preventing impairment of human health, or otherwise presents a potential for serious risk to a subject. A clinical trial may 
begin 30 days after receipt of the IDE by the FDA unless the FDA notifies the company that the investigation may not begin. 

14 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
If an IDE application is approved by the FDA and one or more IRBs, human clinical trials may begin at a specific number of 
investigational sites with a specific number of patients, as approved by the FDA. If the device is considered a ‘‘non-significant risk’’ IDE 
submission to the FDA is not required. Instead, only approval from the IRB overseeing the investigation at each clinical trial site is required. 

For a new drug, an IND application must be submitted prior to the initiation of the clinical study and contain information on 

animal pharmacology and toxicology studies, manufacturing, and clinical protocols and investigator information. 

Some preclinical testing may continue after the IND application is submitted. The IND must become effective before human 
clinical trials may begin. An IND will automatically become effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA 
raises  concerns  or  questions  about  issues  such  as  the  conduct  of  the  trials  and/or  supporting  preclinical  data  as  outlined  in  the  IND 
application and places the trial on clinical hold. In that case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding FDA concerns or 
questions before clinical trials can proceed. 

For purposes of NDA approval, human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap: 

• 

• 

• 

Phase 1—The investigational product is initially introduced into healthy human subjects and tested for safety. In the case
of some products for severe or life-threatening diseases, especially when the product may be too inherently toxic to ethically
administer to healthy volunteers, the initial human testing is often conducted in patients. These trials may also provide early
evidence of their effectiveness. 

Phase 2—These trials are conducted in a limited number of patients in the target population to identify possible adverse
effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine
dosage tolerance and optimal dosage. 

Phase 3—Phase 3 trials are undertaken to provide statistically significant evidence of clinical efficacy and to further evaluate
dosage,  potency,  and  safety  in  an  expanded  patient  population  at  multiple  clinical  trial  sites.  They  are  performed  after
preliminary evidence suggesting effectiveness of the product has been obtained and are intended to establish the overall
benefit-risk relationship of the investigational product, and to provide an adequate basis for product approval and physician
labeling. 

Typically, if a product is intended to treat a chronic disease, safety and efficacy data must be gathered over an extended period, 

which can range from six months to three years or more. 

During all phases of clinical development, the FDA requires extensive monitoring and auditing of all clinical activities, clinical 
data, and clinical trial investigators. Annual progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials and reports of serious adverse events 
must be submitted to the FDA. 

Post-Approval Requirements 

Products manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA clearances or approvals are subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, 
including,  among  other  things,  requirements  relating  to  monitoring,  record-keeping,  advertising  and  promotion,  reporting  of  adverse 
experiences, and limitations on industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities. 

15 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
FDA regulations require that PMA and NDA approved products be manufactured in specific facilities and all devices and drugs 
must be manufactured in accordance with the QSR and cGMP regulations, respectively. Manufacturers and other entities involved in the 
manufacture and distribution of cleared or approved devices or drugs are required to register their establishments and list their products 
with the FDA and certain state agencies. Manufacturers are subject to periodic announced and unannounced inspections by the FDA and 
certain state agencies for compliance with regulatory requirements. The discovery of violative conditions, including failure to conform to 
the QSR and cGMP regulations, could result in enforcement actions. 

Products may be promoted only for the cleared or approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the label. The 
FDA does not regulate behavior of physicians in their choice of treatments and physicians may legally prescribe available products for uses 
that are not described in the product’s labeling and that differ from those approved or cleared by the FDA. However, the FDA does restrict 
an applicant’s communications about off-label use of its products. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws prohibiting the 
marketing and promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly marketed or promoted off-label use may be 
subject to significant liability, including criminal and civil penalties under the FDCA and False Claims Act, exclusion from participation 
in federal healthcare programs, and mandatory compliance programs. 

The FDA also may require post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor the effects of a marketed product. Discovery of 
previously unknown problems with a product or the failure to comply with applicable FDA requirements can have negative consequences, 
including adverse publicity, restrictions on a product, and judicial or administrative enforcement. The FDA has broad regulatory compliance 
and enforcement powers. If the FDA determines that we failed to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it can take a variety of 
compliance or enforcement actions, including, without limitation, issuing a Form FDA 483 notice of inspectional observations or a warning 
letter or untitled letter, imposing civil money penalties, suspending or delaying issuance of clearances or approvals or refusing to grant 
clearances  or  approve  pending  premarket  applications,  requiring  or  requesting  product  recall,  imposing  a  total  or  partial  shutdown  of 
production, withdrawal of approvals or clearances already granted, pursuing product seizures, consent decrees or other injunctive relief, or 
criminal prosecution through the Department of Justice. The FDA can also require us to repair, replace, or refund the cost of devices that 
we manufactured or distributed. Outside the United States, regulatory agencies may exert a range of similar powers. 

EU Regulation 

In the European Union, medical devices must be CE marked in order to be marketed. CE marking a device involves working 
with a Notified Body (or in some cases, for the lowest risk class devices, the manufacturer can self-certify) to demonstrate that the device 
meets all applicable requirements of the EU medical devices legislation and that the Quality Management System is compliant. The EU’s 
Medical Device Directive, or MDD, has been replaced by the EU Medical Device Regulation, or EU MDR, enacted in 2017, and which 
became effective on May 26, 2021. EU MDR requirements will phase in on a product-by-product basis as certifications issued under the 
MDD lapse and will require all products to undergo review and approval under these new regulations.  The timing for this transition has 
been extended from no later than May 26, 2024 to December 2027 or December 2028, depending on device classification, provided certain 
conditions are met with regard to the new regulation, one of which being that all submissions are filed by May 26, 2024. The EU MDR 
will generally require increased levels of clinical data as compared to MDD requirements, and all product technical data must comply to 
the latest standards regardless of when the product was initially developed. 

Drug approval in the European Union follows one of several possible processes: (i) a centralized procedure involving members 
of the European Medicines Agency’s Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use; (ii) a “mutual recognition procedure” in which 
an individual country's regulatory agency approves the product followed by “mutual recognition” of this approval by regulatory agencies 
of other countries; (iii) a decentralized procedure in which the approval is sought through the regulatory agencies of multiple countries at 
the same time; or (iv) a national procedure in which the approval is sought through the regulatory agency of one country. 

UK Regulation 

The UK formally left the EU on January 31, 2020. The EU and the UK have concluded a trade and cooperation agreement, or 
TCA, which was provisionally applicable since January 1, 2021 and has been formally applicable since May 1, 2021. The TCA includes 
specific provisions concerning pharmaceuticals, which include the mutual recognition of GMP, inspections of manufacturing facilities for 
medicinal  products  and  GMP  documents  issued,  but  does  not  foresee  wholesale  mutual  recognition  of  UK  and  EU  pharmaceutical 
regulations. At present, Great Britain has implemented EU legislation on the marketing, promotion and sale of medicinal products through 
the Human Medicines Regulations 2012 (as amended) (under the Northern Ireland Protocol, the EU regulatory framework will continue to 
apply in Northern Ireland). The regulatory regime in Great Britain therefore currently aligns with EU regulations in many ways, however 
it is possible that these regimes will diverge more significantly in the future now that Great Britain’s regulatory system is independent from 
the EU. 

16 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
In respect of medical devices, since the end of the Brexit transitional period on January 1, 2021, new regulations require medical 
devices to be registered with the Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency, or MHRA (the UK medicines and medical devices 
regulator) before being placed on the Great Britain market. The MHRA will only register devices where the manufacturer or their United 
Kingdom Responsible Person has a registered place of business in the United Kingdom. By July 1, 2023, in Great Britain, all medical 
devices will require a UKCA (UK Conformity Assessed) mark but CE marks issued by EU notified bodies will remain valid until December 
2024. Manufacturers may choose to use the UKCA mark on a voluntary basis until June 30, 2023. UCKA marking will, however, not be 
recognized in the EU. The rules for placing medical devices on the market in Northern Ireland, which is part of the United Kingdom, differ 
from those in the rest of the United Kingdom. 

Other Health Care Laws  

The delivery of our products is subject to regulation by the U.S. Department of Health and Human services and other state and 
non-U.S. government agencies responsible for reimbursement and regulation of health care items and services. U.S. laws and regulations 
are  imposed  primarily  in  connection  with  government-funded  health  care  programs,  such  as  Medicare  and  Medicaid,  as  well  as  the 
government’s interest in regulating the quality and cost of health care. Other governments also impose regulations in connection with their 
health care reimbursement programs and the delivery of health care items and services.  

We are subject to various U.S. federal and state laws pertaining to health care fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback, false 
claims, self-referrals, and other health care fraud. In addition, we are subject to U.S. federal and state transparency laws, such as the U.S. 
Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which require us to annually disclose certain payments and other transfers of value we make to U.S.-
licensed health care practitioners (like physicians, nurse practitioners, advanced practice registered nurses, and others) and others. Similar 
laws and regulations pertaining to sales, marketing and advertising practices exist in the other geographic areas where we operate. 

Coverage and Reimbursement  

Sales of any medical product depend, in part, on the extent to which such product (or procedures using such product) will be 
covered by third-party payers, such as federal, state, and foreign government healthcare programs, commercial insurance and managed 
healthcare  organizations,  and  the  level  of  reimbursement  for  such  product  or  procedure  by  third-party  payers.  Decisions  regarding  the 
extent of coverage and amount of reimbursement to be provided are made on a plan-by-plan basis. These third-party payers are increasingly 
reducing reimbursements for medical products and related procedures. 

Factors that payers consider in determining reimbursement are based on whether the product or procedure is: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

a covered benefit under its health plan; 

safe, effective and medically necessary; 

appropriate for the specific patient; 

cost-effective; and 

neither experimental nor investigational. 

17 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
No uniform policy for coverage and reimbursement for medical products or procedures that use medical products exists among 
third-party payers in the U.S. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for products or their procedures can differ significantly from payer 
to  payer.  As  a  result,  the  coverage  determination  process  is  often  a  time-consuming  and  costly  process  that  will  require  us  to  provide 
scientific  and  clinical  support  for  the  use  of  our  products  to  each  payer  separately,  with  no  assurance  that  coverage  and  adequate 
reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance. Furthermore, rules and regulations regarding reimbursement 
change frequently, in some cases on short notice, and we believe that changes in these rules and regulations are likely. 

In  addition,  the  U.S.  government,  state  legislatures  and  foreign  governments  have  continued  implementing  cost-containment 
programs,  including  price  controls,  restrictions  on  coverage  and  reimbursement  and  requirements  for  substitution  of  generic  products. 
Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls 
and measures, could further limit sales of any product. Decreases in third-party reimbursement for any product or procedure that uses our 
products or a decision by a third-party payer not to cover a product or related procedure could reduce physician usage and patient demand 
for the product or procedure and also have a material adverse effect on sales. 

Health Care Reform  

The Affordable Care Act of 2010, or the ACA, substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and 
private insurers, and significantly affected the pharmaceutical and medical device industry. The ACA contained a number of provisions, 
including those governing enrollment in federal healthcare programs, reimbursement adjustments and changes to fraud and abuse laws as 
well as Medicare provisions aimed at decreasing costs, comparative effectiveness research, an independent payment advisory board and 
pilot programs to evaluate alternative payment methodologies. Since its enactment, there have been ongoing judicial and Congressional 
efforts to modify or repeal certain aspects of the ACA. For example, the Further Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2020, repealed the 
Cadillac tax, the health insurance provider tax, and the medical device excise tax. It is impossible to determine whether similar taxes could 
be instated in the future or how future healthcare reform measures or other efforts, if any, to challenge repeal or replace the ACA, will 
impact our business. 

Data Privacy and Security Laws 

We are also subject to various laws and regulations concerning data privacy in the United States, Europe, and elsewhere, including 
the  General  Data  Protection  Regulation,  or  GDPR,  in the  European  Union  and  the  United  Kingdom.  These  legal  requirements  impose 
stringent requirements on the processing, administration, security, and confidentiality of personal data and empower enforcement agencies 
to impose large penalties for noncompliance. In addition, various jurisdictions around the world continue to propose new laws that regulate 
the privacy and/or security of certain types of personal data. Complying with these laws, if enacted, would require significant resources 
and leave us vulnerable to possible fines, penalties, litigation, and reputational harm if we are unable to comply. 

Environmental Laws 

We believe that we are in compliance with all foreign, federal, state, and local environmental regulations with respect to our 
manufacturing  facilities.  The  cost  of  ongoing  compliance  with  such  environmental  regulations  does  not  have  a  material  effect  on  our 
operations. 

18 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Seasonality 

Our OA Pain Management and Non-Orthopedic product families are generally less seasonal in nature due to the nature of our 
product mix and sales channels and strategies. In Joint Preservation and Restoration, procedure volumes are normally higher in the fourth 
quarter due to several factors including the satisfaction by patients of insurance deductible limits and the time of year patients prefer to have 
elective procedures. The ongoing effects of the COVID-19 pandemic have also somewhat changed the historic seasonality of our Joint 
Preservation and Restoration business. These effects have included periodic restrictions on the performance of elective surgical procedures 
throughout the U.S. and global markets, the unavailability of physicians and/or changes to their treatment prioritizations, reductions in the 
levels  of  healthcare  facility  staffing  and,  in  certain  instances,  the  willingness  or  ability  of  patients  to  seek  treatment.  The  impact  of 
seasonality  on  our  business  could  continue  to  evolve  based  on  factors  such  as  patient  behavior  and  attitudes  towards  vacations,  the 
emergence of COVID-19 variants, and supply chain and staffing challenges. 

Environmental, Social and Governance 

In  2021, we  began  a  process  to  develop  a  foundational  Environmental,  Social  and  Governance,  or  ESG,  framework  for  our 
organization. This framework integrates our six key corporate values: People, Quality, Integrity, Accountability, Innovation and Teamwork. 
The initial step in our ESG journey included the completion of a “materiality assessment” based on the Sustainability Accounting Standards 
Board, or SASB, framework. Our materiality assessment was a research-intensive and stakeholder-inclusive process and included guidance 
and  insight  from  external  advisors,  and  crucial  feedback  from  key  internal  and  external  stakeholders,  including  investors,  customers, 
suppliers, employees and our board of directors.   

As a result of the materiality assessment, we identified the themes that are most important to our stakeholders and our business 
within traditional environmental, social and governance pillars. Most immediately, our materiality assessment enabled us to select our six 
key focus areas, with a goal to be aligned with SASB standards for the medical device industry. We will continue to assess and update our 
ESG initiatives as our business grows and as we implement processes and improvements over time. 

Human Capital Management 

We believe that creating a diverse, talented, and inclusive workplace is a central aspect to our culture, employee recruitment, 
retention and engagement, innovation, operational excellence and overall performance. In turn, this culture and drive for performance is an 
important factor in our ability to attract and retain key talent. Our culture is centered around our fundamental values of: 

• 

• 

People: We engage and invest in each other in a community that values diversity and inclusion. 

Innovation: We are agile and entrepreneurial in developing and delivering meaningful solutions to our healthcare stakeholders
within our target markets. 

•  Quality: We strive for the highest quality and compliance in everything we do. 

• 

• 

• 

Teamwork: We operate with mutual respect and trust and are collaborative as we grow together. 

Integrity: We live up to our promises and do the right thing, every day. 

Accountability: We are empowered and accountable to deliver results and value to all of our stakeholders. 

19 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Talent Acquisition and Management 

Our industry requires complex processes for product development and commercialization, each of which requires deep expertise 
and experience across a broad array of disciplines. Medical device companies therefore compete for a limited number of qualified applicants 
to fill specialized positions. This requires competitive compensation and benefits packages and an attractive culture in order to attract and 
retain skilled employees to support the growth and success of the company. 

As of December 31, 2022, we employed 345 full-time employees in the United States and Europe. We expect to continue to add 

employees in 2023 and beyond as we grow our business. 

We believe that our employees’ understanding of how their work contributes to our overall strategy and performance is key to 
our success. In order to communicate with respect to these important topics in a manner that is engaging to our team, we utilize a variety 
of channels. These include all-employee town hall meetings with senior management, regular email updates from our chief executive officer 
and  other  key  members  of  the  executive  team,  as  well  as  presentations  to  our  employees  by  invited  clinicians,  who  use  our  products, 
participate and share their experiences from a customer’s perspective. In addition, to assess employee perceptions in areas such as inclusion, 
professional development/training, reward/recognition, equity, engagement and overall organizational satisfaction, we conduct company-
wide employee engagement surveys using an external survey platform. Our management team evaluates the results and identifies potential 
opportunities for improvement. As a result of employee feedback, we have established an employee communications taskforce chartered 
with  improving  communications  and  employee  engagement  across  the  business  and  introduced  new  e-learning  programs  to  expand 
employee development. 

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion 

We are committed to a diverse, equitable and inclusive workplace where all employees, regardless of their gender, race, ethnicity, 
national origin, age, sexual orientation or identity, education or disability are valued, respected and supported. Beginning in 2021, we made 
a commitment to comply with key elements of the MassBio CEO Pledge for a More Equitable and Inclusive Life Science Industry. We are 
working  on  a  multi-year  approach  at  providing  the  key  deliverables  to  meet  our  commitment.  This  included  the  development  and 
communication of  a corporate  Diversity, Equity and  Inclusion  Policy  Statement as  well  as the creation  of a  Diversity  Dashboard.  The 
Diversity Dashboard tracks the current diversity within the organization and is shared with the board of directors to provide engagement 
and oversight at the highest levels of the organization. We have also conducted employee surveys and employee focus groups to discuss 
diversity  and  inclusion.  We  will  continue  to  enhance  the  diversity  of  our  workforce  through  focused  talent  acquisition  goals  and 
development plans. 

Employee Development 

The ongoing development of our employees continues to be a catalyst for our growth and success as a company. Many of our 
employees  have  obtained  advanced  degrees  in  their  professions.  We  support  our  employees’  further  development  with  individualized 
development  plans,  mentoring,  coaching,  group  training,  conference  attendance.  We  also  provide  financial  support,  including  tuition 
reimbursement for qualified programs, as well as access to a broad-based learning management platform for self-directed learning and 
improvement. 

Competitive Pay and Benefits 

To attract and retain qualified employees and key talent, we offer our employees total rewards packages consisting of base salary, 
a cash bonus, and a comprehensive benefit package. We also provide equity compensation for certain employees based on various criteria, 
including their level within our company. All employees globally are eligible to participate in the annual incentive cash bonus plan or a 
sales incentive plan which are aligned to both corporate and individual performance. Bonus opportunity and equity compensation increase 
as  a  percentage  of  total  compensation  based  on  level  of  responsibility.  Our  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan,  introduced  in  2021,  gives 
eligible employees the opportunity to purchase shares in Anika at a discounted rate. Bravo, our global online employee recognition program, 
provides the opportunity for both peer to peer and manager to employee recognition, and has been well received by our employees. 

20 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Health and Safety 

We remain focused on promoting the total wellness of our employees including resources, programs and services to support their 
physical, mental and financial wellness. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we augmented certain of our normal business practices to 
ensure that we promote health and safety for our employees. A cross functional COVID-19 Pandemic Task Force was put in place since 
the start of the pandemic. We established safety policies and protocols, and we regularly update our employees with respect to any changes. 
We adjusted attendance policies to encourage those who may be ill to stay home. To further protect our on-site employees, we have provided 
personal protective equipment and cleaning supplies. Additionally, we engaged a third-party firm to conduct a proactive facility assessment 
and upgraded our air filtration systems to be more effective against COVID-19 transmission, thus enhancing the safety of our workforce 
while on the job. We have also provided general information updates and support for our employees to ensure that they have resources and 
information to protect their health and that of those around them, including their families and co-workers. 

Product Liability 

The testing, marketing, and sale of human health care products entail an inherent risk of allegations of product liability, and we 
cannot assure that substantial product liability claims will not be asserted against us. Although we have not received any material product 
liability claims to date, we cannot assure that if material claims arise in the future, our insurance will be adequate to cover all situations. 
Moreover, we cannot assure that such insurance, or additional insurance, if required, will be available in the future or, if available, will be 
available on commercially reasonable terms. Any product liability claim, if successful, could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition, and results of operations. 

Available Information 

We are required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The SEC 
maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that 
file electronically with the SEC. 

Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements, and other 
information, including amendments and exhibits to such reports, filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are 
available free of charge in the “SEC Filings” section of our website located at http://www.anika.com, as soon as reasonably practicable 
after the reports are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. The information on our website is not part of this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K. 

21 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS 

Our operating results and financial condition have varied in the past and could vary significantly in the future depending on a 
number of factors. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, in addition to the other information contained 
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, before deciding whether to purchase our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, 
our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the 
trading price of our common stock could decline, and stockholders could lose part or all of their investment. 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry 

Our financial performance depends on sales growth and increasing demand for our legacy and acquired product portfolios, and we 
may not be able to successfully manage the recent, and future, expansion of our operations. 

Through our acquisitions of Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface in early 2020, we significantly broadened our technology and 
development platforms and commercialization infrastructure and expanded our addressable market from the global OA pain management 
market to the substantially larger global joint preservation market. Our future success depends on growth in sales of both our legacy and 
acquired products. There can be no assurance that such growth can be achieved or, if achieved, sustained. There can be no assurance that, 
even if substantial growth in product sales and the demand for our products is achieved, we will be able to: 

• 

Gain acceptance of our broadened portfolio of existing products, as well as future products, by the medical community,
hospitals, physicians, other health care providers, third-party payers, and end-users, which acceptance may depend upon
the extent to which the medical community and end-users perceive our products as safer, more effective or more cost-
competitive than other similar products. 

•  Maintain, manage, and develop the necessary manufacturing capabilities and inventory management practices; 
• 

Develop,  implement,  and  integrate  the  mix  of  appropriate  sales channels  needed  to  generate  increased  sales across  our
expanded product platform and to develop marketing partners and viable commercial strategies for the distribution of our
expanded mix of products; 
Attract, retain, and integrate required key personnel; and 
Implement  the  financial,  accounting,  and  management  systems  needed  to  manage  our  expanded  business  and  growing
demand for our products. 

• 
• 

There can be no assurance that our current and future products will achieve significant market acceptance on a timely basis, or at 
all. The failure of some or all of our products to achieve significant market acceptance, or our failure to successfully manage future growth, 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

Substantial competition could materially affect our financial performance. 

We  compete  with  many  companies,  including  large  pharmaceutical  companies  and  large  and  specialized  medical  devices 
companies,  across  all  our  product  lines.  For  our  OA  Pain  Management  products,  our  principal  competitors  include  Sanofi  Genzyme, 
Zimmer  Biomet,  Inc.,  Bioventus  Inc.,  Avanos  Medical,  Inc.,  and  Ferring  Pharmaceuticals,  as  well  as  other  companies  that  are 
commercializing or developing competitive products. Our key competitors for our Joint Preservation and Restoration products include 
Arthrex, Inc., the DePuy Synthes Companies of Johnson & Johnson, Smith & Nephew PLC., Stryker Corporation, and Zimmer Biomet, 
Inc., as well as certain smaller organizations that focus on subsets of the larger industry, such as Catalyst OrthoScience, Enovis Corporation 
and Shoulder Innovations. Many of these companies have substantially greater financial resources, larger research and development staffs, 
more extensive marketing and manufacturing organizations, and more experience in the regulatory process than us. We also compete with 
academic  institutions,  government  agencies,  and  other  research  organizations  that  are  involved  in  the  research  and  development  and 
commercialization  of  products  similar  to  our  own.  Many  of  our  competitors  also  compete  against  us  in  securing  relationships  with 
collaborators for their research and development and commercialization programs. 

Because a number of companies are developing or have developed products for similar applications as our products and have 
received  FDA  clearance  or  approval,  the  successful  commercialization  of  a  particular  product  will  depend  in  part  upon  our  ability  to 
complete clinical studies and/or obtain the FDA marketing and foreign regulatory clearance or approvals prior to our competitors, or, if 
regulatory clearance or approval is not obtained prior to our competitors, to identify markets for our products that may be sufficient to 
permit meaningful sales of our products. Additionally, legislation and regulation aimed at curbing rising healthcare costs has resulted in a 
consolidation trend in the healthcare industry to create larger companies, including hospitals, with greater market power. In turn, this has 
led to greater and more intense competition in the provision of products and services to market participants. Important market makers, like 
group purchasing organizations and integrated delivery networks, have increased their negotiating leverage, and if these market makers 
demand significant price concessions or if we are excluded as a supplier by these market makers, our product revenue could be adversely 
impacted. There can be no assurance that we will be able to compete against current or future competitors or that competition will not have 
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.  

22 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our business may be adversely affected if consolidation in the healthcare industry leads to demand for price concessions or if we are 
excluded from being a supplier by a group purchasing organization or similar entity. 

Because healthcare costs have risen significantly over the past decade, numerous initiatives and reforms have been launched by 
legislators, regulators, and third-party payers to curb these costs. As a result, there has been a consolidation trend in the healthcare industry 
to create larger companies, including hospitals, with greater market power. As the healthcare industry consolidates, competition to provide 
products and services to industry participants has become and may continue to become more intense. This may result in greater pricing 
pressures and the exclusion of certain suppliers from important markets as group purchasing organizations, independent delivery networks, 
and  large  single  accounts  continue  to  use  their  market  power  to  consolidate  purchasing  decisions.  If  a  group  purchasing  organization 
excludes us from being one of their suppliers, our net sales could be adversely impacted. We expect that market demand, government 
regulation, third-party reimbursement policies, and societal pressures will continue to change the worldwide healthcare industry, which 
may exert further downward pressure on the prices of our products. 

A significant portion of our OA Pain Management revenues are derived from a small number of customers, the loss of which could 
materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We  have  historically  derived  most  of  our  OA  Pain  Management revenues  from  a  small  number  of  customers  who  resell  our 
products to end-users. Many of these customers are significantly larger companies than us. In 2022, Mitek accounted for 43% of our total 
revenue. While we have started to diversify our sales channels, including through the implementation of a direct commercial model in the 
United  States  for  our  Joint  Preservation  and  Restoration  products,  we  expect  to  continue  to  be  dependent  on  a  small  number  of  large 
customers for a substantial portion of our business. The failure of key customers to purchase our products in the amounts they historically 
have or in amounts that we expect would seriously harm our business. 

In addition, if present and future customers terminate their purchasing arrangements with us, significantly reduce or delay their 
orders, or seek to renegotiate their agreements on terms less favorable to us, our business, financial condition, and results of operations will 
be adversely affected. If we accept terms less favorable than the terms of the current agreements, such renegotiations may have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and/or results of operations. Furthermore, in any future negotiations we may be subject 
to the perceived or actual leverage that these customers may have given their relative size and importance to us. Any termination, change, 
reduction, or delay in orders could seriously harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The loss of any one of our 
major customers, the delay of significant orders from such customers or our inability to timely supply product to these customers (including 
due  to  production  and  shipping  delays  attributable  to  supply  or  staffing  shortages),  even  if  only  temporary,  could  reduce  or  delay  our 
recognition of revenues, harm our reputation in the industry, and reduce our ability to accurately predict cash flow, and, as a consequence, 
could seriously harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

We  experience  quarterly  sales  volume  variation,  which  makes  our  future  results  difficult  to  predict  and  makes  period-to-period 
comparisons potentially not meaningful. 

We experience quarterly fluctuations in our product sales as a result of multiple factors, many of which are outside of our control 
including our arrangement with Mitek which performs most of the downstream sales and marketing activities to customers and end-users 
for  Monovisc  and  Orthovisc  in  the  United  States.  Therefore,  we  are  subject  to  fluctuations  in  our  customers’  sales  patterns  and 
corresponding ordering patterns, including Mitek. These quarterly fluctuations create uncertainty as to the volume of sales that we may 
achieve in a given period. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis might not be meaningful. You should 
not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance. Our operating results could be disproportionately affected by a 
reduction in revenue because a proportionately smaller amount of our expenses varies with our revenue. As a result, our quarterly operating 
results are difficult to predict, even in the near term. 

We rely on a small number of suppliers for certain key raw materials and a small number of suppliers for a number of other materials 
required for the manufacturing and delivery of our products, and disruption could materially adversely affect our business, financial 
condition, and results of operations. 

Although  we  believe  that  alternative  sources  for  many  of  these  and  other  components  and  raw  materials  that  we  use  in  our 
manufacturing processes are available, we cannot be certain that the supply of key raw materials will continue to be available at current 
levels or will be sufficient to meet our future needs. The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted, and the lingering effects of the pandemic may 
continue  to  impact,  our  supply  chain  as  the  companies  that  produce  our  products,  product  components  or  otherwise  support  our 
manufacturing  processes,  the  distribution  centers  where  we  manage  our  inventory,  or  the  operations  of  our  logistics  and  other  service 
providers, including third parties that sterilize and store our products, are, or may be disrupted, temporarily closed or experience worker 
shortages for a sustained period of time. For example, for the manufacture of Arthrosurface joint solutions products, we engage a single 
third-party organization as a contract manufacturer. This contract manufacturer has noted that there could be lead times up to a year or more 
to deliver certain products. Any supply interruption could harm our ability to manufacture our products until a new source of supply is 
identified  and  qualified.  We  may  not  be  able  to  find  sufficient  alternative  suppliers  in  a  reasonable  time  period,  or  on  commercially 
reasonable terms, if at all, and our ability to produce and supply our products could be impaired. 

23 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Our manufacturing processes involve inherent risks, and disruption could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, 
and results of operations. 

The operation of biomedical manufacturing plants involves many risks, including the risks of breakdown, failure, substandard 
performance of equipment, the inability of production runs to pass internal quality standards, the need to comply with the requirements of 
directives of government agencies, including the FDA, and the occurrence of natural and other disasters. Such occurrences could have a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations during the period of such operational difficulties and 
beyond. 

We  could  become  subject  to  product  liability  claims,  which,  if  successful,  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial 
condition, and results of operations. 

The testing, marketing, and sale of human health care products include an inherent risk of allegations of product liability, and 
there  can  be  no  assurance  that  substantial  product  liability  claims  will  not  be  asserted  against  us.  Although  we  have  not  received  any 
material product liability claims to date and we believe that we have adequate insurance coverage to cover such product liability claims 
should they arise, there can be no assurance that material claims will not arise in the future or that our insurance will be adequate to cover 
all situations. Moreover, there can be no assurance that such insurance, or additional insurance, if required, will be available in the future 
or, if available, will be available on commercially reasonable terms. Any product liability claim, if successful, could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

Failure to comply with current or future national, international, federal or state laws and regulations, regulatory guidance and industry 
standards  relating  to  data  protection,  privacy  and  information  security,  including  restrictive  European  regulations,  could  lead  to 
government enforcement actions (which could include civil or criminal penalties), private litigation, and/or adverse publicity and could 
negatively affect our operating results and business. 

We and our third-party providers are subject to national, international, federal or state laws and regulations, regulatory guidance 
and industry standards relating to data protection, privacy and information security. This includes the European Union, or EU, GDPR, as 
well as other national data protection legislation in force in relevant EU member states (including the GDPR in such form as incorporated 
into  the  law  of  England  and  Wales,  Scotland  and  Northern  Ireland  by  virtue  of  the  European  Union  (Withdrawal)  Act  2018  and  any 
regulations thereunder and the UK Data Protection Act 2018, or UK GDPR. 

The GDPR and UK GDPR are wide-ranging in scope and impose numerous additional requirements on companies that process 
personal data, including imposing special requirements in respect of the processing of health and other sensitive data, requiring that consent 
of  individuals  to  whom  the  personal  data  relates  is  obtained  in  certain  circumstances,  requiring  additional  disclosures  to  individuals 
regarding data processing activities, requiring that safeguards are implemented to protect the security and confidentiality of personal data, 
creating mandatory data breach notification requirements in certain circumstances, requiring data protection impact assessments for high 
risk  processing  and  requiring  that  certain  measures  (including  contractual  requirements)  are  put  in  place  when  engaging  third-party 
processors. The GDPR and the UK GDPR also provide individuals with various rights in respect of their personal data. The GDPR and UK 
GDPR define personal data to include pseudonymized or coded data and requires different informed consent practices and more detailed 
notices for clinical trial participants and investigators than applies to clinical trials conducted in the United States. We are required to apply 
GDPR and UK GDPR standards to any clinical trials that our EU and UK established businesses carry out anywhere in the world. 

Significantly, the GDPR and the UK GDPR impose strict rules on the transfer of personal data out of the EU or the UK to the 
U.S. or other regions that have not been deemed to offer “adequate” privacy protections. Currently, we rely mainly on Standard Contractual 
Clauses approved by the European Commission, or SCCs, to legitimize transfers of personal data out of the EU and International Transfer 
Agreements approved in the UK for transfers of personal data out of the UK, however, there continue to be concerns about whether the 
SCCs  and  other  mechanisms  will  face  additional  legal  challenges.  Any  inability  to  transfer  personal  data  from  the  EU  to  the  U.S.  in 
compliance with data protection laws may impede our ability to conduct trials and may adversely affect our business and financial position. 

The GDPR and UK GDPR have increased our responsibilities and may increase our liability in relation to personal data that we 
process where such processing is subject to the GDPR and UK GDPR. While we have taken steps to comply with the GDPR and UK 
GDPR, and implementing legislation in applicable EU member states and the UK, including by seeking to establish appropriate lawful 
bases for the various processing activities we carry out, reviewing our security procedures and those of our service providers, and entering 
into data processing agreements with relevant service providers we cannot be certain that our efforts to achieve and remain in compliance 
have been, and/or will continue to be, fully successful. Given the breadth and depth of changes in data protection obligations, complying 
with the GDPR and UK GDPR and similar laws’ requirements are rigorous and time intensive and require significant resources and a 
review of our technologies, systems and practices, as well as those of any third-party service providers, contractors or consultants that 
process or transfer personal data. 

24 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
In the United States, numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including federal health information privacy laws, state 
data  breach  notification  laws,  state  health  information  privacy  laws  and  federal  and  state  consumer  protection  laws  that  govern  the 
collection, use, disclosure and protection of health-related and other personal information could apply to our operations or the operations 
of our collaborators and third-party providers. For example, California has enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act, or the CCPA, 
which  became  effective  on  January  1,  2020.  The  CCPA  gives  California  residents  expanded  rights  to  access  and  delete  their  personal 
information, opt out of certain personal information sharing and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used. 
The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data 
breach litigation. At this time, we do not collect personal data on residents of California but should we begin to do so, and in the context 
of doing so, become subject to the CCPA, the CCPA will impose new and burdensome privacy compliance obligations on our business 
and will raise new risks for potential fines and class actions. 

In  addition  a  California  ballot  initiative,  the  California  Privacy  Rights  Act,  or  CPRA,  was  passed  in  November  2020.  As  of 
January 1, 2023, the CPRA imposes additional obligations on companies covered by the legislation and will significantly modify the CCPA, 
including by expanding consumers’ rights with respect to certain sensitive personal information. The CPRA also creates a new state agency 
that will be vested with authority to implement and enforce the CCPA, as modified by the CPRA. The effects of the CCPA are potentially 
significant and may require us to modify our data collection or processing practices and policies and to incur substantial costs and expenses 
in an effort to comply and increase our potential exposure to regulatory enforcement and/or litigation. 

Some observers have noted that the CCPA could mark the beginning of a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the 
United States, which could increase our potential liability and adversely affect our business. New consumer privacy laws enter into force 
in Connecticut, Colorado, Virginia and Utah in 2023. In addition, many other states have proposed new privacy laws, some of which are 
similar to the above discussed recently passed laws. Such proposed legislation, if enacted, may add additional complexity, variation in 
requirements, restrictions and potential legal risk, require additional investment of resources in compliance programs, impact strategies and 
the availability of previously useful data and could result in increased compliance costs and/or changes in business practices and policies. 
The existence of comprehensive privacy laws in different states in the country would make our compliance obligations more complex and 
costly and may increase the likelihood that we may be subject to enforcement actions or otherwise incur liability for noncompliance. 

In  addition,  many  jurisdictions  around  the  world  have  adopted  legislation  that  regulates  how  businesses  operate  online  and 
enforces  information  security,  including  measures  relating  to  privacy,  data  security  and  data  breaches.  Many  of  these  laws  require 
businesses to notify data breaches to the regulators and/or data subjects. These laws are not consistent, and compliance in the event of a 
widespread data breach is costly and burdensome. 

In  many  jurisdictions,  enforcement  actions  and  consequences  for  non-compliance  with  protection,  privacy  and  information 
security laws and regulations are rising. In the EU and the UK, data protection authorities may impose large penalties for violations of the 
data protection laws, including potential fines of up to €20 million (£17.5 million in the UK) or 4% of annual global revenue, whichever is 
greater. The authorities have shown a willingness to impose significant fines and issue orders preventing the processing of personal data 
on  non-compliant  businesses.  Data  subjects  also  have a  private right  of action, as  do consumer associations,  to lodge  complaints  with 
supervisory authorities, seek judicial remedies, and obtain compensation for damages resulting from violations of applicable data protection 
laws. In the United States, possible consequences for non-compliance include enforcement actions in response to rules and regulations 
promulgated under the authority of federal agencies and state attorneys general and legislatures and consumer protection agencies. 

The risk of our being found in violation of these laws is increased by the fact that the interpretation and enforcement of them is 
not entirely clear. EU Member States have adopted implementing national laws to implement the GDPR which may partially deviate from 
the GDPR and the competent authorities in the EU Member States may interpret GDPR obligations slightly differently from country to 
country, so that we do not expect to operate in a uniform legal landscape in the EU. In addition, the UK has announced plans to reform the 
country’s data protection legal framework in its Data Reform Bill, but these have been put on hold. Efforts to ensure that our business 
arrangements  with  third  parties will  comply  with  applicable  healthcare laws  and  regulations  will  involve  substantial  costs.  Any  action 
against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert 
our management’s attention from the operation of our business. The shifting compliance environment and the need to build and maintain 
robust and expandable systems to comply with multiple jurisdictions with different compliance and/or reporting requirements increases the 
possibility that a healthcare company may run afoul of one or more of the requirements. 

25 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Compliance with data protection laws and regulations could require us to take on more onerous obligations in our contracts, 
restrict our ability to collect, use and disclose data, or in some cases, impact our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions. It could also 
require  us  to  change  our  business  practices  and  put  in  place  additional  compliance  mechanisms,  which  may  interrupt  or  delay  our 
development, regulatory and commercialization activities and increase our cost of doing business. Failure by us or our and third-party 
providers to comply with data protection laws and regulations could result in government enforcement actions (which could include civil 
or criminal penalties and orders preventing us from processing personal data), private litigation and result in significant fines and penalties 
against us. Claims that we have violated individuals’ privacy rights, failed to comply with data protection laws or breached our contractual 
obligations, even if we are not found liable, could be expensive and time-consuming to defend, could result in adverse publicity and could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. 

We are increasingly dependent on sophisticated information technology and if we fail to effectively maintain or protect our information 
systems or data, including from data breaches, our business could be adversely affected. 

We  are  increasingly  dependent  on  sophisticated  information  technology  for  our  products  and  infrastructure.  As  a  result  of 
technology initiatives, recently enacted regulations, changes in our system platforms and integration of new business acquisitions, we have 
been consolidating and integrating the number of systems we operate and have upgraded and expanded our information systems capabilities. 
We also have outsourced elements of our operations to third parties, and, as a result, we manage a few third-party suppliers who may or 
could have access to our confidential intellectual property or business information. 

Our  information  systems,  and  those  of  third-party  suppliers  with  whom  we  contract,  require  an  ongoing  commitment  of 
significant resources to maintain, protect and enhance existing systems and develop new systems to keep pace with continuing changes in 
information technology, evolving systems and regulatory standards and the increasing need to protect patient and customer information. In 
addition, given their size and complexity, these systems could be vulnerable to service interruptions or to security breaches from inadvertent 
or intentional actions by our employees, third-party suppliers and/or business partners, or from cyber-attacks by malicious third parties 
attempting to gain unauthorized access to our products, systems or Confidential Information. 

The risk of a security breach or disruption, particularly through cyberattacks or cyber intrusion, including by computer hackers, 
foreign governments, and cyber terrorists, has generally increased as the number, intensity and sophistication of attempted attacks and 
intrusions from around the world have increased. Cyberattacks could include wrongful conduct by hostile foreign governments, industrial 
espionage, wire fraud and other forms of cyber fraud, the deployment of harmful malware, denial-of-service, social engineering fraud or 
other means to threaten data security, confidentiality, integrity and availability. If such an event were to occur, it could result in the theft or 
destruction  of  intellectual  property,  data  or  other  misappropriation  of  assets,  or  otherwise  compromise  our  confidential  or  proprietary 
information and result in a material disruption of our development programs and our business operations. 

Although we devote resources to protect our information systems, we realize that cyberattacks are a threat, and there can be no 
assurance that our efforts will prevent information security breaches that would result in business, legal, financial or reputational harm to 
us, or would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. 

Likewise, we rely on third parties for various operations, including the manufacture of our products and to conduct clinical trials, 
and similar events relating to their computer systems could also have a material adverse effect on our business. We rely on our third-party 
providers to implement effective security measures and identify and correct for any such failures, deficiencies or breaches. Any breach in 
our or our third-party providers’ information technology systems could lead to the unauthorized access, disclosure and use of non-public 
information, including protected health information and other personally identifiable information which is protected by HIPAA, and other 
laws. Any such access, disclosure, or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect 
the privacy of personal information, damage to our reputation and the further development and commercialization of our products could 
be delayed. If we or our third-party providers fail to maintain or protect our information technology systems and data integrity effectively 
or fail to anticipate, plan for or manage significant disruptions to our information technology systems, we or our third-party providers could 
have difficulty preventing, detecting and controlling such cyberattacks and any such attacks could result in losses described above as well 
as disputes with physicians, participants and our partners, regulatory sanctions or penalties, increases in operating expenses, expenses or 
lost revenues or other adverse consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, 
financial condition, prospects and cash flows. If we are unable to prevent or mitigate the impact of such security or data privacy breaches, 
we could be exposed to litigation and governmental investigations, which could lead to a potential disruption to our business. 

Any  compromise  to  our  information  security  or  that  of  our  third  party  service  providers  or  contractors  could  result  in  an 
interruption  in  our  operations,  the  unauthorized  publication  of  our  confidential  business  or  proprietary  information,  the  unauthorized 
release, use, disclosure and/or dissemination of customer, vendor, or employee data, the violation of privacy and/or data protection laws, 
including under the GDPR, in the European Union or the United Kingdom, or other laws and exposure to litigation, any of which could 
harm our business and operating results. 

26 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We may face circumstances in the future that will result in impairment charges, including, but not limited to, goodwill impairment and 
in-process research and development charges. 

As of December 31, 2022, we had long-lived assets in the amount of $130.2 million. If the fair value of any of our long-lived 
assets,  including  those  that  we  acquired  in  the  acquisitions  of  Arthrosurface  and  Parcus  Medical,  decrease  as  a  result  of  an  economic 
slowdown, a downturn in the markets where we sell products and services, a downturn in our financial performance or future outlook, or 
other reasons, we may be required to record an impairment charge on such assets. We are required to test intangible assets with indefinite 
life periods for potential impairment annually and on an interim basis if there are indicators of a potential impairment. We also are required 
to  evaluate  amortizable  intangible  assets  and  fixed  assets  for  impairment  if  there  are  indicators  of  a  possible  impairment.  Impairment 
charges could have a negative impact on our results of operations and financial position, as well as on the market price of our common 
stock. 

Our business is dependent upon hiring and retaining qualified management, operations, commercial and technical personnel. 

We are highly dependent on the members of our management, operations, commercial and technical staff, the loss of one or more 
of whom could have a material adverse effect on us. We have experienced a number of management changes in recent years, and there can 
be no assurances that any future management changes will not adversely affect our business. We believe that our future success will depend 
in large part upon our ability to attract and retain technical and highly skilled executive, managerial, professional, and technical personnel. 
We face significant competition for such personnel from competitive companies, research and academic institutions, government entities, 
and other organizations. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in hiring or retaining the personnel we require. The failure 
to hire and retain such personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

We may require additional capital in the future. We cannot give any assurance that such capital will be available at all or on terms 
acceptable to us, and if it is available, additional capital raised by us could dilute your ownership interest or the value of your shares. 

We may need to raise capital in the future depending on numerous factors, including: 

•  Market acceptance of our existing and future products; 
• 

The success and sales of our products under various distributor agreements and other appropriate commercial strategies, 
including the ability of our partners to achieve third party reimbursement for our products; 
The successful commercialization of products in development through appropriate commercial models and marketing 
channels; 
Progress in our product development efforts; 
The magnitude and scope of such product development efforts; 
Any potential acquisitions of products, technologies, or businesses; 
Progress with preclinical studies, clinical trials, and product approvals and clearances by the FDA and other agencies; 
Requirement to conduct additional preclinical studies and clinical trials for future products;  
The cost and timing of our efforts to manage our manufacturing capabilities and related costs; 
The cost of filing, prosecuting, defending, and enforcing patent claims and other intellectual property rights and the cost 
of defending any other legal proceeding; 
Competing technological and market developments; 
The development of strategic alliances for the marketing of certain of our products; 
The terms of such strategic alliances, including provisions (and our ability to satisfy such provisions) that provide upfront 
and/or milestone payments to us; 
The cost of maintaining adequate inventory levels to meet current and future product demand; and 
Further expanding our business in international markets. 

• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 
• 

• 
• 

To the extent funds generated from our operations, together with our existing capital resources, are insufficient to meet future 
requirements, we will be required to obtain additional funds through equity or debt financings, through strategic alliances with corporate 
partners and others, or through other sources. The terms of any future equity financing may be dilutive to our investors and the terms of 
any  debt financing  may  contain restrictive covenants,  which  limit  our  ability  to pursue  certain courses  of  action.  Our  ability to  obtain 
financing is dependent on the status of our future business prospects as well as conditions prevailing in the relevant capital markets at the 
time, we seek financing. No assurance can be given that any additional financing will be made available to us or will be available on 
acceptable terms should such a need arise. 

27 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
If we succeed in raising additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible securities, then the issuance could result 
in substantial dilution to existing stockholders. Furthermore, the holders of these new securities or debt may have rights, preferences and 
privileges senior to those of the holders of common stock. In addition, any preferred equity issuance or debt financing that we may obtain 
in the future could have restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which 
may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. 

Changes in tax law could adversely affect our business and financial condition.  

The rules dealing with U.S. federal, state, and local and non-U.S. taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the 
legislative process, the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Treasury Department and other taxing authorities. Changes to tax laws or tax 
rulings, or changes in interpretations of existing laws (which changes may have retroactive application), could adversely affect us or the 
holders of our common stock. These changes could subject us to additional income-based taxes and non-income taxes (such as payroll, 
sales, use, value-added, net worth, property, and goods and services taxes), which in turn could materially affect our financial position and 
results of operations. Additionally, new, changed, modified, or newly interpreted or applied tax laws could increase our customers’ and our 
compliance, operating and other costs, as well as the costs of our products. In recent years, many such changes have been made, and changes 
are likely to continue to occur in the future. As we expand the scale of our business activities, any changes in the U.S. and non-U.S. taxation 
of such activities may increase our effective tax rate and harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

Adverse developments affecting the financial services industry, such as actual events or concerns involving liquidity, defaults, or non-
performance  by  financial  institutions  or  transactional  counterparties,  could  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  current  and  projected 
business operations and its financial condition and results of operations. 

Actual  events  involving  limited  liquidity,  defaults,  non-performance  or  other  adverse  developments  that  affect  financial 
institutions, transactional counterparties or other companies in the financial services industry or the financial services industry generally, 
or concerns or rumors about any events of these kinds or other similar risks, have in the past and may in the future lead to market-wide 
liquidity problems. If any of our customers, suppliers or other parties with whom we conduct business are unable to access funds pursuant 
to  lending  arrangements  with  financial  institutions,  such  parties’  ability to  pay  their  obligations to  us  or to enter  into  new commercial 
arrangements requiring additional payments to us could be adversely affected. 

Although we assess our banking and customer relationships as we believe necessary or appropriate, our access to funding sources 
and other credit arrangements in amounts adequate to finance or capitalize our current and projected future business operations could be 
significantly  impaired  by  factors  that  affect  the Company,  the financial institutions  with  which  the  Company  has  credit agreements  or 
arrangements directly, or the financial services industry or economy in general.  These factors could include, among others, events such as 
liquidity  constraints  or  failures,  the  ability  to  perform  obligations  under  various  types  of  financial,  credit  or  liquidity  agreements  or 
arrangements, disruptions or instability in the financial services industry or financial markets, or concerns or negative expectations about 
the  prospects  for  companies  in  the  financial  services  industry.   These  factors  could  involve  financial  institutions  or  financial  services 
industry companies with which the Company has financial or business relationships, but could also include factors involving financial 
markets or the financial services industry generally. 

28 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The results of events or concerns that involve one or more of these factors could include a variety of material and adverse impacts 
on our current and projected business operations and our financial condition and results of operations. These could include, but may not be 
limited to, the following: 

•  Delayed access to deposits or other financial assets or the uninsured loss of deposits or other financial assets; 
•  Delayed or lost access to, or reductions in borrowings available under revolving existing credit facilities or other working 

capital sources and/or delays, inability or reductions in the company’s ability to refund, roll over or extend the maturity 
of, or enter into new credit facilities or other working capital resources; 
Potential or actual breach of contractual obligations that require the Company to maintain letters of credit or other credit 
support arrangements; 
Potential or actual breach of financial covenants in our credit agreements or credit arrangements; 
Potential or actual cross-defaults in other credit agreements, credit arrangements or operating or financing agreements; or 
Termination of cash management arrangements and/or delays in accessing or actual loss of funds subject to cash 
management arrangements. 

• 

• 
• 
• 

Risks Related to Our Commercialization Activities 

Our license agreements with Mitek provide substantial control of Monovisc and Orthovisc in the United States to Mitek, and Mitek’s 
actions could have a material impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our license and distribution agreements with Mitek related to Monovisc and Orthovisc provide Mitek with, among other things, 
the exclusive right to market and sell Monovisc and Orthovisc in the United States, unilateral decision-making authority over the sale, 
price, and promotion of Monovisc and Orthovisc in the United States, substantial control over the future development of Monovisc and 
Orthovisc related to the treatment of pain associated with osteoarthritis, a license to manufacture and have manufactured such products in 
the event that we are unable to supply Mitek with Monovisc or Orthovisc in accordance with the terms of the relevant agreement, and 
certain rights of first refusal with respect to future products we develop for the treatment of pain associated with osteoarthritis. In exchange, 
Mitek pays us a transfer price calculated with reference to historical end-user prices in the market and a fixed royalty rate per product on 
their net product sales. As Mitek accounts for a large percentage of our yearly revenue and has unilateral decision-making authority over 
in-market activities, including end-user pricing and discounts, reimbursement strategy, and overall promotion strategy, actions taken by 
Mitek could impact our ability to predict and generate revenue and have a material impact on our business, financial condition, and results 
of operations. 

We may not succeed in our integration and buildout of our direct sales channel in the United States, and our failure to do so could 
negatively impact our business and financial results. 

Beginning  in  2019,  and  with  our  expanded  commercial  infrastructure,  as  a  result  of  the  Parcus  Medical  and  Arthrosurface 
acquisitions in 2020, we now sell our Joint Preservation and Restoration family of products directly to customers, including hospitals and 
ASCs, through our direct Anika sales team and large network of independent third-party distributors. This approach was a departure from 
our historical distribution model in the United States, and we cannot be certain that we will be successful in implementing and executing 
on this commercial approach or that, even if we are able to implement it, the approach will be successful at scale. We may not be able to 
attract or retain the sophisticated personnel required for our approach, to identify or negotiate favorable or acceptable terms with distribution 
agents and ensure that they dedicate time and focus to our products, to achieve in-market pricing at the levels we have targeted, to develop 
and tailor our product portfolio to be specifically desired by clinicians who practice in ASCs, or to timely execute on our strategies for 
market penetration generally. Our failure to successfully implement and execute this commercial approach could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

We are dependent upon marketing and distribution partners and the failure to maintain strategic alliances on acceptable terms will 
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

Our success is dependent, in part, upon the efforts of our marketing, distribution, and logistics partners, including our sales agent 
partners in the United States, and the terms and conditions of our relationships with such partners. We cannot assure you that our commercial 
partners, including Mitek, will not seek to renegotiate their current agreements on terms less favorable to us or terminate such agreements. 
A failure to maintain relationships with our commercial partners on terms satisfactory to us, or at all, could result in a material adverse 
effect on our operating results. 

29 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
We continue to seek to establish long-term partnerships in regions and countries not covered by existing agreements, and we may 
need to obtain the assistance of additional marketing partners to bring new and existing products to market and to replace certain marketing 
partners. There can be no assurance that we will be able to identify or engage appropriate distribution or collaboration partners or effectively 
transition to any such new partnerships. The failure to establish strategic partnerships for the marketing and distribution of our products on 
acceptable terms and within our planned timeframes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results 
of operations. 

Sales of our products are largely dependent upon third-party health insurance coverage and reimbursement and our performance may 
be harmed by health care cost containment initiatives or decisions of individual third-party payers. 

In the United States and other foreign markets, health care providers, such as hospitals and physicians, that purchase health care 
products, such as our products, generally rely on third-party payers, including Medicare, Medicaid, and other health insurance and managed 
care plans, to provide coverage and to reimburse for all or part of the cost of the health care product or procedures that use such products. 
Coverage and reimbursement by third-party payers, both in the United States and internationally, may depend on several factors, including 
the individual payer’s determination that our products or procedures that use our products are clinically useful and cost-effective, medically 
necessary, and not experimental or investigational. Since insurance coverage determinations and reimbursement decisions are made by each 
payer individually, seeking positive coverage and reimbursement decisions can be a time consuming and costly process, which could require 
us or our marketing partners to provide supporting scientific, clinical, and cost-effectiveness data for the use of our products to each payer 
separately. Significant uncertainty exists as to the insurance coverage and reimbursement status of newly approved health care products or 
procedures that use such products, and any failure or delay in obtaining reimbursement approvals can negatively impact sales of our new 
products. In addition, we cannot be certain that payers who currently provide reimbursement for our products or procedures that use our 
products will continue to provide such reimbursement in the future, and such payer decisions could negatively impact the sales of our 
current or future products. 

In addition, third party payers are increasingly attempting to contain the costs of health care products and services by limiting 
both coverage and the level of reimbursement for new therapeutic products and by refusing, in some cases, to provide coverage for uses of 
approved products for disease indications for which the FDA, or the applicable foreign regulatory agency, has granted marketing approval. 
Also,  the  U.S.  Congress,  certain  state  legislatures,  and  certain  foreign  governments  and  regulatory  agencies  have  considered  reforms, 
including, among other items, any material changes to the ACA or the potential repeal of reference drug pricing in the United States, which 
may affect current reimbursement practices and create additional uncertainty about the pricing of our products, including the potential 
implementation of controls on health care spending through limitations on the growth of Medicare and Medicaid spending. For example, 
in 2010, the ACA was enacted and was intended to expand access to health insurance coverage and improve the quality of health care over 
time. There has been ongoing litigation and congressional efforts to modify or repeal all or certain provisions of the ACA. There may be 
uncertainties that result from modification or repeal of any of the provisions of the ACA, including as a result of current and future executive 
orders and legislative actions. We cannot predict what other health care programs and regulations will ultimately be implemented at the 
federal or state level or the effect that any future legislation or regulation in the United States may have on our business. There can be no 
assurance that third party coverage will be available or that reimbursement will be adequate for any products or services developed by us 
or procedures using our products or services. 

Outside the United States, the success of our products is also dependent in part upon the availability of reimbursement and health 
care payment systems. Domestic and international reimbursement laws and regulations may change from time to time. Lack of adequate 
coverage and reimbursement provided by governments and other third-party payers for our products and services, including continuing 
coverage for Monovisc and Orthovisc in the United States, and any change of classification by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid 
Services for reimbursement of Orthovisc and Monovisc, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and 
results of operations. 

30 

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Risks Related to Our Product Development and Regulatory Compliance 

We  are  facing  a  longer  than  expected  pathway  to  commercialize  our  Cingal  product  in  the  United  States,  and  we  may  face  other 
unforeseen difficulties in achieving regulatory approval for Cingal, which could affect our business and financial results. 

In 2018, we received and analyzed the results of our second Phase III clinical trial for Cingal and found that the data did not meet 
the primary study endpoint of demonstrating a statistically significant difference in pain reduction between Cingal and the approved steroid 
component of Cingal at the six-month time point. After discussions, the FDA indicated that an additional Phase III clinical trial would be 
necessary to support U.S. marketing approval for Cingal. In 2019, we began the design of our third Phase III clinical trial to enable us to 
evaluate our full-scale Phase III clinical trial design, including patient and site selection criteria, and increase the probability of success for 
the Phase III trial. In 2020 the first patient was enrolled in the pilot study and in 2022, we completed this third Phase III clinical trial, which 
achieved  its  primary  endpoint.  Together  with  previous  clinical  studies,  Cingal  has  demonstrated  superiority  over  each  of  its  active 
ingredients and placebo over 26 weeks for long-acting pain relief. We will engage with the FDA in the first half of 2023 on next steps for 
U.S. regulatory approval. In parallel, we are exploring the potential to advance Cingal through commercial partnerships in the U.S. and 
select Asian markets. These efforts will inform next steps, including if and how to proceed with another clinical trial in the United States. 
We cannot guarantee the success of any additional future clinical trials for Cingal. Because the results of any additional clinical trials, or 
other unforeseen future developments, could have a substantial negative impact on the timeline for and the cost associated with a potential 
Cingal regulatory approval, our overall business condition, financial results, and competitive position could be affected. 

Failure to obtain, or any delay in obtaining, FDA or other U.S. and foreign governmental clearances or approvals for our products 
may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Several of our current products under development, and certain future products we may develop, will require clinical trials to 
determine their safety and efficacy for marketing approval by regulatory bodies, including the FDA. Product development and clearance 
or  approval  within  the  FDA  and  international  regulatory  frameworks  takes  several  years  and  involves  the  expenditure  of  substantial 
resources. There can be no assurance that the FDA or other regulatory authorities will accept submissions related to our new products or 
the expansion of the indications of our current products, and, even if submissions are accepted, there can be no guarantee that the FDA or 
other regulatory authorities will grant clearance or approval for our new products, on a timely basis, if at all. In addition to regulations 
enforced by the FDA, we are subject to other existing and future federal, state, local, and foreign regulations applicable to product clearance 
or approval, which may vary significantly across jurisdictions. Additional clearance or approval of existing products may be required when 
changes  to  such  products  may  affect  the  safety  and  effectiveness,  including  for  new  indications  for  use,  labeling  changes,  process  or 
manufacturing changes, the use of a different facility to manufacture, process or package the product, and changes in performance or design 
specifications. For our devices that are subject to 510(k) clearances, the FDA requires device manufacturers to make a determination of 
whether  a  modification  requires  a  clearance;  however,  the  FDA  can  review  a  manufacturer’s  decision  not  to  submit  for  additional 
clearances.  We  cannot  provide  any  assurance  that  the  FDA  will  agree  with  our  decisions  not  to  seek  clearances  for  particular  device 
modifications. If the FDA disagrees, and requires new clearances or approvals for any modifications, and we fail to obtain such approvals 
or clearances or fail to secure approvals or clearances in a timely manner, we may be required to recall and to stop the manufacturing and 
marketing of the modified device until we obtain the FDA approval or clearance, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or 
penalties. Failure to obtain regulatory clearance or approvals of our products, including any changes to existing products, could have an 
adverse material impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

Even  if  ultimately  granted,  the  FDA  and  international  regulatory  clearances  or  approvals  may  be  subject  to  significant, 
unanticipated delays throughout the regulatory review process. Internally, we make assumptions regarding product clearance or approval 
timelines, both in the United States and internationally, in our business planning, and any delay in clearance or approval could materially 
affect our competitive position in the relevant product market and our projections related to future business results. 

We cannot be certain that product clearance or approvals, both in the United States and internationally, will not include significant 
limitations on the product indications, and other claims sought for use, under which the products may be marketed. The relevant approval 
or clearance may also include other significant conditions such as post-market testing, tracking, or surveillance requirements. Any of these 
factors could significantly impact our competitive position in relation to such products and could have a negative impact on the sales of 
such products.  

31 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Once  obtained,  we  cannot  guarantee  that  the  FDA  or  international  product  clearances  or  approvals  will  not  be  withdrawn  or  that 
relevant agencies will not require other corrective action, and any withdrawal or corrective action could materially affect our business 
and financial results. 

Once obtained, marketing approval can be withdrawn by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory agencies for a number of 
reasons, including the failure to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements or the occurrence of unforeseen problems following initial 
approval. Regulatory authorities could also limit or prevent the manufacture or distribution of our products. Any regulatory limitations on 
the use of our products or any withdrawal or suspension of approval or rescission of approval or reclassification by the FDA or a comparable 
foreign regulatory agency could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

Our operations and products are subject to extensive regulation, compliance with which is costly and time consuming, and our failure 
to comply may result in substantial penalties, including recalls of our products. 

The  FDA  and  foreign  regulatory  bodies  impose  extensive  regulations  applicable  to  our  operations  and  products,  including 
regulations governing product and sterilization standards, packaging requirements, labeling requirements, adverse event reporting, quality 
system and manufacturing requirements, import restrictions, tariff regulations, duties, and tax requirements. The FDA and other foreign 
regulatory bodies worldwide conduct periodic inspections of our facilities to determine compliance with the FDA’s requirements and all 
comparable foreign regulations. We cannot assure you that we will be able to achieve and maintain compliance required for the FDA, CE 
marking, or other foreign regulatory clearances or approvals for any or all our operations and products or that we will be able to produce 
our products in a timely and profitable manner while complying with applicable requirements. 

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in substantial penalties, including warning letters, fines, 
injunctions, civil penalties, seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, refusal to grant pre-market clearance or pre-market 
approval for devices or drugs, withdrawal of approvals, and criminal prosecution. Additionally, regulatory authorities have the power to 
require the recall of our products. It also might be necessary for us, in applicable circumstances, to initiate a voluntary recall per regulatory 
requirements of one or several of our products. The imposition of any of the foregoing penalties, whether voluntarily or involuntary, could 
have a material negative impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

Any changes in the FDA or international regulations related to product approval or approval renewal, including those currently under 
consideration by the FDA or those that apply retroactively, could adversely affect our competitive position and materially affect our 
business and financial results. 

The  FDA  and  foreign  regulations  depend  heavily  on  administrative  interpretation,  and  we  cannot  assure  you  that  future 
interpretations made by the FDA or other regulatory bodies, with possible retroactive effects, will not adversely affect us. Additionally, 
any changes, whether in interpretation or substance, in existing regulations or policies, or any future adoption of new regulations or policies 
by relevant regulatory bodies, could prevent or delay approval of our products. In the event our future, or current, products, including HA 
generally, are classified, or re-classified, as human drugs, combination products, or biologics by the FDA or an applicable international 
regulatory body, the applicable review process-related to such products is typically substantially longer and substantially more expensive 
than the review process to which they are currently subject as medical devices. In 2018, the FDA publicly indicated its intent to consider 
HA  products  for  certain  indications  for  regulation  as  a  drug  and  has  indicated  that  industry  should  submit  new  products  or  indication 
expansions to its Office of Combination Products to designate the appropriate FDA office for review. There exists uncertainty with respect 
to the final interpretation, implementation, and consequences of this development, and this or any other potential regulatory changes in 
approach or interpretation similar in substance to those mentioned in this paragraph and affecting our products could materially impact our 
competitive position, business, and financial results. 

Additionally, the implementation of the new EU MDR which was put into effect in 2021, has changed several aspects of the 
medical device regulatory framework in the EU. Specifically, the EU MDR requires (i) changes in the clinical evidence required for medical 
devices, (ii) post-market clinical follow-up evidence, (iii) annual reporting of safety information for Class III and Class IIb products, and 
reporting every two years for Class IIa products, (iv) Unique Device Identification, or UDI, for all products and submission of core data 
elements to an EU UDI database prior to placement of a device on the market, (v) reclassification of some medical devices, and (vi) multiple 
other  labeling  changes.  Approvals  for  certain  of  our  currently  marketed  products  could  be  curtailed  or  withdrawn  as  a  result  of  the 
implementation of the EU MDR, and acquiring approvals for new products could be more challenging and costly. The EU MDR requires 
all  devices  to  undergo  review  and  approval  for  compliance  to  EU  MDR.   The  original  compliance  date  of  May  26,  2024  is  being 
reconsidered in response to concerns raised about notified body capacity and the ability for devices to be re-certified within such time 
period. The European Commission’s proposal is to December 2027 or December 2028, depending on the risk class of the device. This 
proposal has been approved by the Council of the European Union, and is awaiting publication in the Official Journal to be made effective, 
which is expected to occur in March 2023. We have reviewed our products that are sold in the EU market and have completed the product 
rationalization exercise to identify the products that we will continue to market in the EU. Products we intend to continue marketing will 
require substantial submissions to be made to the notified bodies no later than May 26, 2024, for the MDR extension timelines to apply. 
Compliance with this and any other requirements is time consuming and costly, and our failure to comply may subject us to significant 
liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

32 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Notices of inspectional observations or deficiencies from the FDA or other regulatory bodies require us to undertake corrective and 
preventive actions or other actions to address the FDA’s or other regulatory bodies' concerns. These actions could be expensive and 
time-consuming to complete and could impose an additional burden on us. 

We are subject to periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory bodies related to regulatory requirements that apply to 
products designed and manufactured, and clinical trials sponsored, by us. If we receive a notice of inspectional observations or deficiencies 
from the FDA or other regulatory bodies following an inspection, we may be required to undertake corrective and protective actions or 
other actions in order to address the FDA or other regulatory bodies concerns which could be expensive and time-consuming to complete 
and could impose additional burdens and expenses. We have previously received notices of observations or deficiencies from the FDA. 
Failure to adequately address the FDA’s or other regulatory bodies’ concerns could expose us to enforcement or administrative actions. 

We may rely on third parties to support certain aspects of our clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their 
contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain regulatory clearance or approval or commercialize our 
products, and our business could be substantially harmed. 

We have hired experienced clinical development and regulatory staff, and we have also retained the services of knowledgeable 
external  service  providers,  including  consultants  and  clinical  research  organizations,  to  develop  and  supervise  our  clinical  trials  and 
regulatory  processes.  Despite  our  internal  investment  in  staffing,  we  will  remain  dependent  upon  these  third-party  contract  research 
organizations and consultants to carry out portions of our clinical and preclinical research studies and regulatory filing assistance for the 
foreseeable future. As a result, we have had and will have less control over the conduct of the clinical trials, the timing and completion of 
the trials, the required reporting of adverse events, and the management of data developed through the trials than would be the case if we 
were relying entirely on our own staff. Outside parties may have staffing difficulties, may undergo changes in priorities or may become 
financially distressed, adversely affecting their willingness or ability to conduct our trials. Failure by these third parties to comply with 
regulatory requirements or to meet timing expectations may require us to repeat clinical trials or preclinical studies, which would delay the 
regulatory clearance or approval process, or require substantial unexpected expenditures. 

If we are found to have improperly promoted our products for off-label uses, we may become subject to significant fines and other 
liability. 

The FDA and other regulatory agencies strictly regulate the promotional claims that may be made about medical devices and 
drugs. For example, devices cleared under section 510(k) cannot be marketed for any intended use that is outside of the FDA’s substantial 
equivalence determination for such devices. Physicians nevertheless may use our products on their patients in a manner that is inconsistent 
with the intended use cleared by the FDA. If we are found to have promoted such “off-label” uses, we may become subject to significant 
government fines and other related liability. The federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged 
improper promotion and has enjoined several companies from engaging in off-label promotion. The FDA has also requested that companies 
enter into consent decrees or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed. 

We are subject to various healthcare laws and regulations, and any failure to comply with applicable laws could subject us to significant 
liability and harm our business. 

The  sales,  marketing  and  pricing  of  products  and  the  relationships  that  medical  products  companies  have  with  healthcare 
providers  such  as  physicians,  hospitals,  ASCs,  and  others  are  under  increased  scrutiny.  Our  industry  is  subject  to  various  laws  and 
regulations  pertaining  to  healthcare  fraud  and  abuse,  as  well  as  other  laws  that  impose  extensive  tracking  and  reporting  related  to  all 
transfers of value provided to certain health care providers and others. These laws include the False Claims Act, the Anti-Kickback Statute, 
the Stark law, the Physician Payments Sunshine Act, the FDCA, and similar laws and regulations in the U.S. and around the world. These 
laws  and  regulations  are  broad  in  scope  and  are  subject  to  evolving  interpretation.  We  could  be  required  to  incur  substantial  costs  to 
investigate, audit, and monitor compliance or to alter our practices, to the extent that we are subject to government scrutiny under these 
laws.  In  addition,  we  are  subject  to  various  laws  concerning  anti-corruption  and  anti-bribery  matters  (including  the  Foreign  Corrupt 
Practices  Act),  sales  to  countries  or  persons  subject  to  economic  sanctions  and  other  matters  affecting  our  international  operations. 
Violations of these laws are punishable by criminal and/or civil sanctions, including, in some instances, fines, imprisonment and, within 
the  United  States,  exclusion  from  participation  in  government  healthcare  programs,  including  Medicare,  Medicaid  and  Veterans 
Administration health programs. These laws are administered by, among others, the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Department of 
Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Office of Foreign Access Control, 
the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S. Department of Commerce, and state attorneys general. Any failure to comply with these 
laws could subject us to significant liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results 
of operations. 

33 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We are subject to environmental regulations and any failure to comply with applicable laws could subject us to significant liabilities 
and harm our business. 

We are subject to a variety of local, state, federal, and foreign government regulations relating to the storage, discharge, handling, 
emission, generation, manufacture, and disposal of toxic or other hazardous substances used in the manufacture of our products. Any failure 
by us to control the use, disposal, removal, or storage of hazardous chemicals or toxic substances could subject us to significant liabilities, 
which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

Risks Related to Our Growth Initiatives 

We may have difficulty managing our growth. 

As a result of our activities, we have experienced substantial growth in the number of our employees, the scope of our product 
portfolio and pipeline, the size of our operating and financial systems, and the geographic area of our operations. This growth has resulted 
in increased responsibilities for our management. To manage our growth effectively, we must continue to expand our management team, 
attract,  motivate  and  retain  employees,  and  improve  our  operating  and  financial  systems.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  current 
management systems will be adequate or that we will be able to manage our recent or future growth successfully. Any failure to do so 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.  

We may not generate the expected benefits of our acquisitions, and the ongoing integration of those acquisitions could disrupt our 
ongoing business, distract our management and increase our expenses. 

Through our acquisitions of Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface, we expanded our product portfolio and pipeline, diversified our 
business, expanded our commercial infrastructure, entered new markets, and increased the scope of our operations and the number of our 
employees. The continued successful integration of these other companies into our operations is critical to our future financial performance. 
This will require that we continue to integrate more closely the companies’ product offerings and research and development capabilities, 
retain key employees, assimilate diverse corporate cultures, further integrate management and financial information systems, consolidate 
the  acquired  operations  and  manage  geographically  dispersed  operations,  among  other  things,  each  of  which  could  pose  significant 
challenges. The difficulty of combining the acquired companies with our company may be increased by the need to integrate personnel, 
and changes effected in the combination may cause key employees to leave. To succeed in the market for joint preservation and restoration, 
we must also invest additional resources, primarily in the areas of sales and marketing, to extend name recognition and increase market 
share. 

The integration of the two acquired companies into our operations has taken longer than originally anticipated and has required 
more effort and expense than was originally planned. This has resulted, and may continue to result, in the loss of valuable employees, 
additional expenses, the disruption of our ongoing business, processes and systems, or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures, 
practices, policies and compensation arrangements, any of which could adversely affect our ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of 
the  acquisitions.  There  may  be  increased  risk  due  to  the  ongoing  integration  of  financial  reporting  and  internal  control  systems.  Any 
diversion  of  the  attention  of  management  created  by  the  integration  process,  any  disruptions  or  other  difficulties  encountered  in  the 
integration process, and unforeseen liabilities or unanticipated problems with the acquired businesses could have a material adverse effect 
on our business, operating results and financial condition. We are working diligently to complete integration activities, minimize employee 
disruptions and improve manufacturing and operations processes and communication as we continue to integrate the Arthrosurface and 
Parcus Medical businesses. It has been more challenging than anticipated to effectively and timely complete our integration goals. We 
recorded an impairment to goodwill in 2020 and a reduction in the fair value of contingent consideration in connection with the acquisitions 
that was driven in part by the significant effect that COVID-19 has had on the business industry. 

There can be no assurance that these acquisitions will provide the benefits we expect or that we will be able to integrate and 
develop the operations of Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface successfully. Any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, operating results and financial condition. 

We expect to continue to actively explore inorganic growth as a part of our future growth strategy, which exposes us to a variety of risks 
that could adversely affect our business operations. 

Our business and future growth strategy includes as an important component the acquisition of businesses, technologies, services, 
assets or products that we believe are a strategic fit with or otherwise provide value to our business. We may fund these acquisitions by 
utilizing our cash, incurring debt, issuing additional shares of our common stock, or by other means. Completed transactions may expose 
us to a number of risks and expenses, including unanticipated liabilities, amortization expenses related to intangible assets with definite 
lives, or risks associated with entering new markets with which we have limited experience or where commercial alliances with experienced 
partners  or  existing  sales  channels  are  not  available.  Whether  or  not  completed,  transactions  may  result  in  diversion  of  management 
resources otherwise available for ongoing development of our business and significant expenditures. 

34 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Customer and employee uncertainty about the effects of any acquisitions could harm us. 

Customers of any companies or technologies that we acquire may, in response to the consummation of the acquisitions, delay or 
defer  purchasing  decisions,  which  could  adversely  affect  the  success  of  our  acquired  businesses.  Similarly,  employees  of  acquired 
companies may experience uncertainty about their future roles, which may adversely affect our ability to attract and retain key management, 
sales, marketing, and technical personnel following an acquisition.  

As our international sales and operations grow, we could become increasingly subject to additional economic, political, and other risks 
that could harm our business. 

Since  we  manufacture  our  products  for  sale  worldwide,  our  business  is  subject  to  risks  associated  with  doing  business 
internationally. During 2022, 2021, and 2020, 24%, 23%, and 21%, respectively, of our product sales were to international customers. We 
continue to be subject to a variety of risks, which could cause fluctuations in the results of our international and domestic operations. These 
risks include: 

• 

• 
• 
• 

• 

• 

• 
• 
• 

• 
• 
• 

The impact of recessions, inflation and other economic conditions in economies, including the impact of the COVID-19 
pandemic, outside the United States; 
Instability of foreign economic, political, and labor conditions; 
Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar; 
Unfavorable labor regulations applicable to our European operations, such as severance and the unenforceability of non-
competition agreements in the European Union; 
The impact of strikes, work stoppages, work slowdowns, grievances, complaints, claims of unfair labor practices, or other 
collective bargaining disputes; 
Difficulties in complying with restrictions imposed by regulatory or market requirements, tariffs, or other trade barriers 
or by U.S. export laws; 
Imposition of government controls limiting the volume of international sales; 
Longer accounts receivable payment cycles; 
Potentially adverse tax consequences, including, if required or applicable, difficulties transferring funds generated in non-
U.S. jurisdictions to the United States in a tax efficient manner; 
Difficulties in protecting intellectual property, especially in international jurisdictions; 
Difficulties in managing international operations; and 
Burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws, including the EU MDR and GDPR among others. 

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to anticipate and address these and any new risks. We cannot guarantee that these or 

other factors will not adversely affect our business or operating results. 

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property 

We may be unable to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, which could have a material impact on our business and future 
financial results. 

Our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may not be successful. We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, 
patent,  and  trade  secret  laws,  confidentiality  procedures,  and  contractual  provisions  to  protect  our  proprietary  rights.  Our  success  will 
depend, in part, on our ability to obtain and enforce patents and trademarks, to protect trade secrets, to obtain licenses to technology owned 
by third parties when necessary, and to conduct our business without infringing on the valid proprietary rights of others. The patent positions 
of  pharmaceutical,  medical  product,  and  biotechnology  firms,  including  ours,  can  be  uncertain  and  involve  complex  legal  and  factual 
questions. There can be no assurance that any patent applications will result in the issuance of patents or, if any patents are issued, that they 
will provide significant proprietary protection or commercial advantage or will not be circumvented by others. Filing and prosecution of 
patent applications, litigation to establish the validity and scope of patents, assertion of patent infringement claims against others, and the 
defense of patent infringement claims by others can be expensive and time consuming. There can be no assurance that, in the event that 
any claims with respect to any of our patents, if issued, are challenged by one or more third parties, any court or patent authority ruling on 
such challenge will determine that such patent claims are valid and enforceable. An adverse outcome in such litigation or patent review 
process  could cause  us  to  lose exclusivity covered  by  the  disputed  rights.  If  a  third  party  is  found  to  have  rights  covering  products  or 
processes used by us, we could be forced to cease using the technologies or marketing the products covered by such rights, we could be 
subject to  significant  liabilities  to  such  third  party,  and  we  could  be  required to  license  technologies  from  such  third  party in  order  to 
continue production of the products. Furthermore, even if our patents are determined to be valid, enforceable, and broad in scope, there can 
be  no  assurance  that  competitors  will  not  be  able  to  design  around  such  patents  and  compete  with  us  using  the  resulting  alternative 
technology. We have a policy of seeking patent protection for patentable aspects of our proprietary technology. We intend to seek patent 
protection with respect to products and processes developed in the course of our activities when we believe such protection is in our best 
interest and when the cost of seeking such protection is appropriate. However, no assurance can be given that any patent application will 
be filed, that any filed applications will result in issued patents, or that any issued patents will provide us with a competitive advantage or 
will not be successfully challenged by third parties. The protections afforded by patents will depend upon their scope and validity, and 
others may be able to design around our patents.  

35 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
We also rely upon trade secrets and proprietary know-how for certain non-patented aspects of our technology. To protect such 
information,  we  have  a  policy  requiring  all  employees,  consultants,  and  licensees  to  enter  into  confidentiality  agreements  limiting  the 
disclosure and use of such information. There can be no assurance that these agreements provide meaningful protection or that they will 
not be breached, that we would have adequate remedies for any such breach, or that our trade secrets, proprietary know-how, and our 
technological advances will not otherwise become known to others. In addition, there can be no assurance that, despite precautions taken 
by us, others have not and will not obtain access to our proprietary technology. Further, there can be no assurance that third parties will not 
independently develop substantially equivalent or better technology. 

There can be no assurance that we will not infringe upon the intellectual property rights of others, which could have a significant 
impact on our business and financial results. 

Other entities have filed patent applications for, or have been issued patents concerning, various products or processes in the 
segments in which we do business. There can be no assurance that the products or processes developed by us will not infringe on the patent 
rights of others in the future. The cost of defending infringement suits is typically large, and there is no guarantee that any future defense 
would be successful. In addition, infringement could lead to substantial damages payouts or our inability to produce or market certain of 
our current or future products. As a result, any such infringement may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, 
and results of operations. 

Risks Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic 

Our operations are located in areas impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, and those operations have been, and may continue to be, 
adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. 

The coronavirus has impacted the social and economic framework globally. Our administrative, research and development, and 
manufacturing  operations  are  principally  performed  at  our  U.S.  facilities  in  Massachusetts  and  Florida.  Though  our  Italian  operations 
represent a relatively small percentage of our consolidated business, we conduct commercial activity, product development, sales, logistics, 
inventory management and supply chain activities, and other services in our office in Padova, Italy. Our business operations in the United 
States and Italy are subject to potential business interruptions arising from protective measures that have been or may be taken by Italian, 
U.S., Massachusetts and Florida regulators and other government agencies due to COVID-19 or its variants. Business disruptions elsewhere 
in the world could also negatively affect the sources and availability of components and materials that are essential to the operation of our 
business  in  both  the  United  States  and  Italy.  Our  commercial  day-to-day  operations  have  been, and may  in  the future  be,  significantly 
impacted by cancellations or delays of elective procedures in hospitals and ASCs, and timelines associated with certain clinical studies and 
research and development programs have been delayed. 

Stay-at-home orders, business closures, travel restrictions, supply chain disruptions, employee illness or quarantines, our or our 
suppliers’ ability to hire employees and other extended periods of interruption to our business have resulted in disruptions to our operations, 
caused us to cease or delay operations, and prevented our customers from receiving shipments or processing payments. All these impacts 
could continue as new variants of COVID-19 could continue to impact our business. If a number of our essential employees become sick 
or otherwise unable to continue working during the current or any future epidemic, our operations may be harmed. Also, the remote work 
environment  made  necessary  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic  may  exacerbate  various  cybersecurity  risks  to  our  business,  including  an 
increased demand for information technology resources, an increased risk of phishing and other cybersecurity attacks, and an increased risk 
of unauthorized dissemination of sensitive personal information or proprietary or confidential information. Extended periods of interruption 
to our corporate, development or manufacturing facilities due to the COVID-19 pandemic have caused or could cause us to lose revenue 
and market share, which has depressed and could continue to depress our financial performance and may be difficult to recapture. Employee 
disruptions  and  remote  working  environments  related  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic  have  impacted,  and  are  continuing  to  impact,  the 
efficiency and pace with which we work and develop our product candidates and our manufacturing capabilities. 

36 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic and related economic uncertainties have increased challenges associated with hiring highly 
skilled and experienced employees and may continue to create challenges and/or adversely impact employee retention due to the additional 
financial, family, and health burdens that many employees or potential employees may be experiencing. Our industry’s highly competitive 
market  for  skilled  workers  and  leaders  may  negatively  affect  our  ability  to  retain  qualified  employees.  Losing  members  of  our  senior 
management and other highly skilled personnel could prevent us from achieving our business objectives or divert management’s attention 
to seeking qualified replacements and ensuring seamless transitions. 

The COVID-19 pandemic resulted in a significant reduction in the number of elective surgeries being performed since 2020 and the 
lingering impact of the pandemic has slowed the pace of new product approvals by current and potential customers, which has decreased 
the usage of, and revenue from, certain of our products. 

A significant portion of the demand for our products results from the usage of our products in elective surgeries. Since 2020, we 
have experienced a significant decline in procedure volume in the U.S. compared to previous levels, as healthcare systems diverted resources 
to  meet  the  increasing  demands  of  managing  COVID-19  and  subsequently  encountered  significant  staffing  challenges  when  trying  to 
support procedures. 

In addition, primarily as a result of the impacts of COVID-19 including stay-at-home orders and other attempts to limit in-person 
meetings, and ongoing staffing challenges, hospitals and ASCs at times delayed having meetings of their committees to review and approve 
the introduction of new products into their facilities. As we are focused on growing our business by introducing new products to existing 
and  new  hospital  and  ASC  customers,  the  inability  to  have  our  products  timely  reviewed  and  approved  by  these  customers  has  also 
negatively impacted our revenue and operating results as delays in product approvals impact and draw out product adoption timelines. It is 
uncertain whether elective surgeries or product review and approval processes will be negatively impacted or halted again in the future by 
a resurgence of COVID-19. 

The COVID-19 pandemic, its variants or other similar pandemics could adversely impact our development activities, preclinical studies 
and clinical trials, which could significantly impair our long-term business plans and operating results. 

The timely initiation and completion of our preclinical and development activities and clinical trials depend upon the availability 
of facility access, preclinical study and clinical trial sites, researchers and investigators, regulatory agency personnel, and materials, all of 
which may be adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, its variants or other similar pandemics. The timing of our clinical trials 
depends on our ability to recruit patients to participate as well as the completion of required follow-up periods. The COVID-19 pandemic 
has had and may continue to have a sustained impact on our ability to recruit, enroll, treat and follow-up with patients either due to renewed 
restrictions on travel or shelter-in-place orders or policies, or due to changes in patient willingness to participate in trials or travel to study 
sites during a pandemic. The timeline for recruiting patients, conducting trials and obtaining regulatory approval of our product candidates 
have been and may in the future be delayed, which could result in increased costs, delays in advancing our product candidates, delays in 
testing the effectiveness of our product candidates or termination of the clinical trials altogether. Factors resulting from the COVID-19 
pandemic, its variants or other similar pandemics that could delay or otherwise adversely affect the completion of our preclinical activities 
and the planned activities related to our clinical trials, as well as our business generally, include:  

• 

• 

the potential diversion of healthcare resources away from the conduct of preclinical activities and clinical trials to focus on 
pandemic concerns, including the availability of necessary materials and the attention of physicians serving as our clinical 
trial investigators, hospitals serving as our clinical trial sites and hospital staff supporting the conduct of our prospective 
clinical trials; 

limitations on travel that could interrupt key preclinical and clinical activities, such as clinical trial site initiations and 
monitoring, domestic and international travel by employees, contractors or patients to clinical trial sites, including any 
government-imposed travel restrictions or quarantines that will impact the ability or willingness of patients, employees or 
contractors to travel to our research, manufacturing and clinical trial sites or secure visas or entry permissions, any of which 
could delay or adversely impact the conduct or progress of our prospective clinical trials; 

37 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

interruption or delays in the operations of the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory agencies, which may impact review, 
inspection, clearance and approval timelines; 

interruption in global shipping affecting the transport of clinical trial materials, such as patient samples, product candidates 
and supplies, to be used in our prospective clinical trials; 

limitations on our business operations by government authorities that could impact our ability to conduct our preclinical or 
clinical activities; and 

business disruptions caused by potential workplace, laboratory and office closures and an increased reliance on employees 
working from home, disruptions to or delays in ongoing laboratory experiments and operations, staffing shortages, travel 
limitations, cyber security and data accessibility, or communication or mass transit disruptions, any of which could 
adversely impact our business operations or delay necessary interactions with local regulators, ethics committees, 
manufacturing sites, research or clinical trial sites, and other important agencies and contractors. 

Our global supply chain may be materially adversely impacted due to the ongoing impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, its variants or 
other pandemics. 

We  rely  upon  the  facilities  of  our  global  suppliers  to  support  our  business.  The  COVID-19  pandemic  resulted  in  significant 
governmental measures being implemented in many countries to control the spread of COVID-19, including restrictions on manufacturing 
and the movement of employees. As a result of COVID-19 and the measures designed to contain its spread, certain of our suppliers did not 
have the materials, staffing, capacity, or capability to supply our needed materials and other supplies that we require to manufacture our 
products according to our schedule and specifications. It is uncertain whether and to what extent these supply chain challenges will continue 
or  fully  recover  following  the  direct  and  indirect  impacts  of  COVID-19.  Further,  logistics  issues,  including  our  ability  and  our  supply 
chain’s ability to quickly ramp up production, and transportation demands may cause delays. If our suppliers’ operations are curtailed, we 
may need to seek alternate sources of supply, which may be more expensive or require approval from regulatory agencies which could 
cause  further  delays.  Alternate  sources  may  not  be  available  or  may  result  in  delays  in  shipments  to  us  from  our  supply  chain  and 
subsequently to our customers, each of which would affect our results of operations. If the duration of the production and supply chain 
disruptions continue for an extended period of time, the impact on our supply chain could have a material adverse effect on our results of 
operations and cash flows. 

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock 

Our stock price may be highly volatile, and we cannot assure you that market making in our common stock will continue. 

The market price of shares of our common stock may be highly volatile. Factors such as announcements of new commercial 
products  or  technological  innovations  by  us  or  our  competitors,  disclosure  of  results  of  clinical  testing  or  regulatory  proceedings, 
government  regulation  and  approvals,  developments  in  patent  or  other  proprietary  rights,  public  concern  as  to  the  safety  of  products 
developed by us, and general market conditions may have a significant effect on the market price of our common stock. We have highlighted 
to investors increased volatility and uncertainty in the global macroeconomic environment and the changing dynamics associated with 
staffing shortages, supply chain disruption, inflation and other direct and indirect impacts of the COVID pandemic. These actions, as well 
as general investor uncertainty, could create volatility and unpredictability in our stock price. The trading price of our common stock could 
also be subject to wide fluctuations in response to quarter-to-quarter variations in our operating results, material announcements by us or 
our  competitors,  governmental  regulatory  action,  conditions  in  the  health  care  industry  generally  or  in  the  medical  products  industry 
specifically, or other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, the stock market has experienced extreme price 
and volume fluctuations, which have particularly affected the market prices of many medical products companies, and which often have 
been unrelated to the operating performance of such companies. Our operating results in future quarters may be below the expectations of 
equity research analysts and investors. In such an event, the price of our common stock would likely decline, perhaps substantially.  

Our charter documents contain anti-takeover provisions that may prevent or delay an acquisition of our company. 

Our charter documents contain anti-takeover provisions that could prevent or delay an acquisition of our company. The provisions 
include, among others, a classified board of directors, advance notice to the board of stockholder proposals, limitations on the ability of 
stockholders to remove directors and to call stockholder meetings, and a provision that allows vacancies on the Board of Directors to be 
filled by vote of a majority of the remaining directors. We are also subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law which, 
subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any 
“interested stockholder” for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Those 
provisions could have the effect of discouraging a third party from pursuing a non-negotiated takeover of our company at a price considered 
attractive by many stockholders and could have the effect of preventing or delaying a potential acquirer from acquiring control of our 
company. 

38 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business, or our market, or if they 
adversely change their recommendations regarding our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline. 

The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts may publish 
about us, our business, our market, or our competitors. No person is under any obligation to publish research or reports on us, and any 
person publishing research or reports on us may discontinue doing so at any time without notice. If adequate research coverage is not 
maintained on our company or if any of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about 
our business or provide relatively more favorable recommendations about our competitors, our stock price would likely decline. If any 
analysts who cover us were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the 
financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. 

We have been, and may continue to be, subject to the actions of activist stockholders, which could cause us to incur substantial costs, 
divert management’s and the board’s attention and resources, and have an adverse effect on our business and stock price. 

From  time to time,  we may  be subject  to  proposals  by  activist stockholders  urging  us  to  take certain  corporate actions  or to 
nominate  certain  individuals  to  our  board  of  directors.  In  February  2023,  Caligan  Partners  LP,  or  Caligan,  indicated  that  it  intends  to 
consider all available options, including nominating a slate of directors for election to the board of directors at our 2023 annual meeting of 
stockholders.  If  activist  stockholder  activities,  such  as  those  by  Caligan  or  other  stockholders,  ensue,  our  business  could  be  adversely 
affected, as responding to proxy contests and reacting to other actions by activist stockholders can be costly and time-consuming, disrupt 
our operations and divert the attention of management and our board of directors. For example, we have retained the services of various 
professionals  to  advise  us  on  activist  stockholder  matters,  including  legal,  financial,  and  communications  advisors,  the  costs  of  which 
negatively  impact  our  financial  results  and  we  may  be  required  to  retain  additional  services  in  the  future,  which  could  have  a  further 
negative impact on our financial results. In addition, perceived uncertainties as to our future direction, strategy or leadership created as a 
consequence of activist stockholder initiatives may result in the loss of potential business opportunities, harm our ability to attract new 
investors, customers, and employees, and cause our stock price to experience periods of volatility or stagnation. 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

[None]. 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES 

We maintain leases on six facilities, including our corporate headquarters location in Bedford, Massachusetts, where we lease 
approximately  134,000  square  feet  of  administrative,  research  and  development,  and  manufacturing  space.  The  lease  on  this  facility 
contains  multiple  extension  options  that  allow  us  to  extend  the  term  through  October  2038.  Our  other  lease  locations  are  in  Franklin, 
Massachusetts,  Sarasota,  Florida,  Warsaw,  Indiana  and  Padova,  Italy.  These  additional  facilities  provide  us  with  an  aggregate  of  over 
80,000 square feet of additional space and have terms expiring between 2022 and 2032, subject to certain renewal provisions contained 
within the lease agreements. 

See Note 9, Leases, to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional 

information regarding our specific leaseholds. 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

We are involved from time-to-time in various legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. Although the outcomes 
of these legal proceedings are inherently difficult to predict, we do not expect the resolution of these proceedings to have a material adverse 
effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. 

On October 21, 2021, we received notice that the former unitholders of Parcus Medical had filed a request for arbitration regarding 
the earnout provisions agreed to in the Parcus Medical Merger Agreement. We have engaged in the arbitration process and do not anticipate 
a resolution during the first half of 2023. We are unable to estimate the potential liability with respect to this matter at this time. There are 
numerous  factors  that  make  it  difficult  to  estimate  reasonably  possible  loss  or  range  of  loss  at  this  stage  of  the  matter,  including  the 
significant number of legal and factual issues still to be resolved in the arbitration process. We intend to vigorously defend against the 
claims, and we believe that we have strong defenses to the claims asserted. 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

39 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Common Stock Information 

Our common stock has traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market since November 25, 1997, under the symbol “ANIK.” At 
December 31, 2022, the closing price per share of our common stock was $29.60 as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, and 
there were 111 holders of record. We believe that the number of beneficial owners of our common stock at that date was substantially 
greater, due to shares being held by intermediaries. 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain earnings, if any, for use 
in our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Payment of future dividends, 
if any, on our common stock will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors after considering various factors, including our financial 
condition, operating results, anticipated cash needs, and plans for expansion. 

Performance Graph 

Set  forth  below  is  a  graph  comparing  the  total  returns  of  our  company,  the  NASDAQ  Composite  Index,  and  the  NASDAQ 
Biotechnology Index. The graph assumes $100 is invested on December 31, 2017, in our common stock and each of the indices. Past 
performance is not indicative of future results. 

Anika Therapeutics, Inc. .....................   $ 
NASDAQ Composite Index ................   $ 
NASDAQ Biotechnology Index ..........   $ 

100.00    $ 
100.00    $ 
100.00    $ 

62.34    $ 
96.12    $ 
90.68    $ 

96.18    $ 
129.97    $ 
112.81    $ 

83.95    $ 
186.69    $ 
141.78    $ 

66.46    $ 
226.63    $ 
140.88    $ 

54.91  
151.61  
125.52  

   Dec-17 

     Dec-18 

     Dec-19 

     Dec-20 

     Dec-21 

     Dec-22 

40 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

On  May  2,  2019,  we announced  that  our  Board  of  Directors approved  a  $50.0  million  share  repurchase  program  with  $30.0 
million to be utilized for an accelerated share repurchase program, which was completed in January 2020, and $20.0 million reserved for 
open market repurchases which represents the maximum value of shares that may yet be purchased. No open market repurchases were 
made during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2022. 

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans 

For information regarding securities authorized for issuance under our employee stock-based compensation plans, see Part III. 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters. 

ITEM 6. [RESERVED] 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 

The following section contains statements that are not statements of historical fact and are forward-looking statements within 
the meaning of the federal securities laws. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may 
cause our actual results, performance, or achievement to differ materially from anticipated results, performance, or achievement, expressed 
or  implied  in  such  forward-looking  statements.  These  statements  reflect  our  current  views  with  respect  to  future  events,  are  based  on 
assumptions, and are subject to risks and uncertainties. We discuss many of these risks and uncertainties at the beginning of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K and under the sections captioned “Business” and “Risk Factors.” The following discussion should also be read in 
conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Management Overview 

We are a global joint preservation company that creates and delivers meaningful advancements in early intervention orthopedic 
care. Based on our collaborations with clinicians to understand what they need most to treat their patients, we develop minimally invasive 
products that restore active living for people around the world. We are committed to leading in high opportunity spaces within orthopedics, 
including OA, pain management, regenerative solutions, sports medicine and Arthrosurface joint solutions (previously Bone Preserving 
Joint Solutions). 

We have thirty years of global expertise developing, manufacturing and commercializing products based on our HA technology 
platform.  HA  is  a  naturally  occurring  polymer  found  throughout  the  body  that  is  vital  for  proper  joint  health  and  tissue  function.  Our 
proprietary technologies for modifying the HA molecule allow product properties to be tailored specifically to multiple uses, including 
enabling longer residence time to support OA pain management and creating a solid form of HA called Hyaff, which is a platform utilized 
in our regenerative solutions portfolio. 

In  early  2020,  we  expanded  our  overall  technology  platform,  product  portfolio,  and  significantly  expanded  our  commercial 
infrastructure,  especially  in  the  United  States,  through  our  strategic  acquisitions  of  Parcus  Medical,  LLC,  a  sports  medicine  and 
instrumentation solutions provider, and Arthrosurface, Inc., a company specializing in bone preserving partial and total joint replacement 
solutions. These acquisitions, have ignited the transformation of our company by augmenting our HA-based OA pain management and 
regenerative products with a broad suite of products and capabilities focused on early intervention joint preservation primarily in upper and 
lower extremities such as shoulder, foot/ankle, knee and hand/wrist. 

As we look towards the future, our business is positioned to capture value within our target market of joint preservation. We 

believe our success will be driven by our: 

•  Decades of experience in HA-based regenerative solutions and early intervention orthopedics combined under new 

seasoned leadership with a strong financial foundation for future investment in meaningful solutions for our customers 
and their patients; 

41 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
•  Robust network of stakeholders in our target markets to identify evolving unmet patient treatment needs; 

• 

• 

Prioritized investment in differentiated pipeline of regenerative solutions, bone preserving implants and sports medicine 
products; 

Leveraging our global commercial expertise to drive growth across the portfolio, with an intentional site of care focus on 
ASCs in the United States; 

•  Opportunity to pursue strategic inorganic growth opportunities, including potential partnerships and smaller acquisitions, 

technology licensing, and leveraging our strong financial foundation and operational capabilities; and 

• 

Energized and experienced team focused on strong values, talent, and culture. 

For additional information regarding our business, please refer to “Item 1. Business” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Key Developments during the Year Ended December 31, 2022 

o 

Strengthened #1 U.S. market share position for 2022 in OA Pain Management with single-injection Monovisc and multi-
injection Orthovisc (SmartTRAK 2022 data). In August 2022, DePuy Mitek extended our license and supply agreement for
Orthovisc for another 5-year term through December 2028. 

o  Continued accelerated growth of Tactoset, Anika’s regenerative solution for insufficiency fractures and soft tissue hardware

augmentation, with multiple planned 510(k)s targeting further expansion. 

o  Cingal,  Anika’s  next  generation,  non-opioid,  single-injection  HA-based  product  combined  with  fast-acting  steroid, 
successfully  achieved  its  primary  endpoint  in  a  third  Phase  III  clinical  trial,  Cingal  19-01,  which  demonstrated  the 
superiority of Cingal over steroid alone, for OA pain relief at 26 weeks. Together with previous studies, Cingal has shown
superiority over each of its active ingredients and placebo, consistently demonstrating strong and durable pain relief in OA
patients. Engaging with the FDA regarding next steps for U.S. regulatory approval and exploring the potential to advance
Cingal through commercial partnerships in the U.S. and select Asian markets. 
Submitted multiple 510(k)s for a new innovative HA-based regenerative rotator cuff system, which will further build upon
Anika's growing and differentiated shoulder portfolio. 

o 

o  Hyalofast  has  been  designated  as  a  Breakthrough  Device  by  the  FDA,  allowing  prioritized  interaction  and  review.
Approaching full enrollment in pivotal Phase III clinical trial with 199 of 200 subjects enrolled.  Company expects to be on 
track to file for a Premarket Approval (PMA) with the FDA in 2025. 

o  Completed development of RevoMotion Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty System, with limited market release initiated and 
first  surgeries  performed  in  Q1  2023.  RevoMotion’s  differentiated  bone  preserving  design  expands  Anika’s  shoulder
arthroplasty portfolio in the over $800 million U.S. reverse  shoulder market and offers the industry’s smallest diameter
threaded glenoid baseplate. 

o  Received 510(k) clearance and launched new X-Twist Fixation System, Anika’s cornerstone suture anchor system, with
full market launch in early 2023 following successful limited launch in the second half of 2022. X-Twist is a key addition 
to Anika’s portfolio and is uniquely positioned to address the needs of surgeons performing high volume soft tissue repair 
procedures such as rotator cuff repair and ankle stabilization surgeries. 

42 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic 

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the spread of the COVID-19 virus a pandemic. This pandemic caused 
an economic downturn globally, which created volatility in our results due to the worldwide cancellation or delay of elective procedures, 
staffing shortages and supply chain disruptions, as well as the impact on timelines associated with certain clinical studies. Please see the 
section captioned “Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information with respect to the risks 
faced by our business in light of the COVID-19 pandemic. While the impact has been limited to these items to date, we caution that there 
continues  to  be  a  possibility  for  potential  future  implementation  of  certain  additional  restrictions  or  other  challenges  associated  with 
infections, staffing shortages or supply chain disruptions due to COVID-19 and current or new variants in certain jurisdictions. The impact 
of these challenges is currently unknown but could be significant and we continue to take precautions so as not to disrupt our business. 

Products 

OA Pain Management  

Our  OA  Pain  Management  product  family  consists  of  Monovisc  and   Orthovisc,  our  injectable,  HA-based  viscosupplement 
offerings that are indicated to provide pain relief from osteoarthritis conditions; Cingal, our novel, next-generation, single-injection OA 
Pain Management product consisting of our proprietary cross-linked HA material combined with a fast-acting steroid, designed to provide 
both short- and long-term pain relief, which is currently sold outside the United States in over 35 countries; and Hyvisc, our high molecular 
weight injectable HA veterinary product. 

Joint Preservation and Restoration  

Our Joint Preservation and Restoration product family consists of: (a) our portfolio of over 150 bone preserving joint technology 
products, including partial joint replacement, joint resurfacing, and minimally invasive and bone sparing implants, designed to treat upper 
and lower extremity orthopedic conditions caused by trauma, injury and arthritic disease; (b) our line of sports medicine solutions used to 
repair  and  reconstruct  damaged  ligaments  and  tendons  due  to  sports  injuries,  trauma  and  disease;  and  (c)  our  orthopedic  regenerative 
solutions products, including Hyalofast and Tactoset. 

Non-Orthopedic 

Our  Non-Orthopedic  product  family  consists  of  legacy  HA-based  products  that  are  marketed  principally  for  non-orthopedic 
applications, including our adhesion barrier product, advanced wound care products, our ear, nose and throat products, and our ophthalmic 
products. 

For additional information with respect to our products, including information related to how they are sold and new product 
development initiatives, please see the sections captioned “Products,” “Sales Channels,” and “Research and Development” contained within 
“Part I. Item I. Business” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

43 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Results of Operations 

Year ended December 31, 2022 compared to year ended December 31, 2021 

Statement of Operations Detail  

Years Ended December 31,  

2022 

2021 

      $ Change       % Change    

Revenue ..................................................................................................   $
Cost of revenue .......................................................................................     
Gross profit .........................................................................................     
Gross margin .......................................................................................     

Operating expenses: 

(in thousands, except percentages) 
8,442      
(2,191)     
10,633      

147,794     $
64,851       
82,943       
56%    

156,236     $
62,660       
93,576       
60%    

Research & development ....................................................................     
Selling, general & administrative ........................................................     
Change in fair value of contingent consideration ................................     
Total operating expenses .........................................................................     
(Loss) income from operations ...............................................................     
Interest and other expense, net ............................................................     
(Loss) income before income taxes .........................................................     
Benefit from income taxes ..................................................................     
Net (loss) income ....................................................................................   $

28,182       
84,794       
-       
112,976       
(19,400)      
654       
(18,746)      
(3,887)      
(14,859)    $

27,327       
74,096       
(21,095)      
80,328       
2,615       
(188)      
2,427       
(1,707)      
4,134     $

855      
10,698      
21,095      
32,648      
(22,015)     
842      
(21,173)     
(2,180)     
(18,993)     

Revenue  

The following table presents revenue by product family for fiscal years 2022 and 2021 (dollars in thousands):  

6%
(3%) 
13%

3%
14%
(100%) 
41%
(842%) 
(448%) 
(872%) 
128%
(459%) 

Years Ended December 31, 

2022 

2021 

     $ Change       % Change    

OA Pain Management .............................................................................   $ 
Joint Preservation and Restoration ..........................................................     
Non-Orthopedic ......................................................................................     
  $ 

97,887    $ 
50,402      
7,947      
156,236    $ 

89,503    $ 
48,588      
9,703      
147,794    $ 

8,384      
1,814      
(1,756)     
8,442      

9%
4%
(18%) 
6%

Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $156.2 million, an increase of $8.4 million, or 6%, compared to the prior 
year. The increase in revenue was driven by recovery outside the U.S. from the initial impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on sales volumes 
and related strategic partner ordering patterns, as well as from growing global commercial adoption of our products. 

Revenue from our OA Pain Management product family increased 9% for the year ended December 31, 2022, as compared to 
prior year, due primarily to higher international sales on recovery from the initial impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, favorable ordering 
patterns and growth in adoption of our products globally. The increase was also a result of growth in Mitek revenues as well as higher 
veterinary sales on favorable order patterns and COVID-19 recovery.  

Revenue from our Joint Preservation and Restoration product family increased 4% for the year ended December 31, 2022, as 

compared to prior year, due to improving elective procedure volumes and rapidly growing commercial adoption of our newest products. 

44 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
       
   
      
         
         
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Revenue from our Non-Orthopedic product family decreased 18% for the year ended December 31, 2022, as compared to prior 

year, primarily due to timing of distributor sales as well as last-time purchases of legacy products during 2021. 

Gross Profit and Margin 

Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $93.6 million, or gross margin of 60%, as compared with $82.9 million, 
or gross margin of 56%, for the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase in gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily 
resulted from higher revenue growth and the conclusion of the amortization of inventory step-up costs related to the 2020 Arthrosurface 
and  Parcus  Medical  acquisitions.  This  increase  was  partially  offset  by  higher  product  rationalization  charges,  as  well  as  higher 
manufacturing-related costs. Gross margin includes acquisition-related amortization expenses and the impact of inventory step-up costs 
associated with the Arthrosurface and Parcus Medical acquisitions. These expenses together increased cost of revenue by $6.2 million, or 
7 points of gross margin, for the year ended December 31, 2022, as compared to increased cost of revenue of $12.7 million, or 9 points of 
gross margin for the same periods in 2021. 

Research and Development  

Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2022 were $28.2 million, an increase of $0.9 million, or 
3%, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to increased costs to ensure compliance with growing regulatory requirements globally as 
well  as  new  product  development  associated  with  our  research  and  development  pipeline.  Also  included  in  research  and  development 
expenses are clinical costs. We completed a third Phase III clinical trial for Cingal in 2022, which achieved its primary endpoint, and made 
significant progress in completing enrollment in our Hyalofast clinical trial. 

For additional information on our research and development activities, please see the section captioned “Part I. Item 1. Business—

Research and Development” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Selling, General and Administrative 

Selling, general and administrative, or SG&A, expenses for the year ended December 31, 2022 were $84.8 million, an increase 
of $10.7 million, or 14%, as compared to the prior year. The increase in SG&A expenses for the year ended December 31, 2022 was 
primarily related to the expansion of our commercial capability in the United States, including increased marketing, medical education and 
other operational capabilities to support our growing business needs, as well as increased commissions on higher sales. The growth in 
SG&A expenses also reflects the increase in certain activities that were curtailed in the early stages of the COVID-19 pandemic, such as 
travel, as well as higher stock-based compensation expense driven by the growth in personnel to support Anika’s strategic transformation, 
and higher general corporate costs. 

Contingent Consideration Fair Value Change 

In the year ended December 31, 2021, we recorded a $21.1 million net benefit related to the change in fair value of our contingent 
consideration liabilities incurred associated with the acquisitions of Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface in 2020. The liability for contingent 
consideration  is  remeasured  at  each  reporting  period  until  the  contingency  is  resolved.  The  decrease  in  fair  value  of  the  contingent 
consideration was due primarily to the decrease in the likelihood that certain contingent milestones would be achieved or because certain 
contingent milestones were not achieved. In July 2021, we made a regulatory milestone payment in connection with the Arthrosurface 
acquisition in the amount of $10.0 million upon obtaining a regulatory clearance for a reverse shoulder implant system. In September 2022, 
we made a milestone payment in connection with the Parcus Medical acquisition in the amount of $4.3 million. As of December 31, 2022, 
we do not expect that any additional milestones associated with the Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface acquisitions to be achieved. 

Income Taxes 

The benefit from income taxes was $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, resulting in an effective tax rate of 20.7%. 
The benefit from income taxes was $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, resulting in an effective tax rate of (70.4%). The 
increase in our effective rate for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 is primarily due to 
the change in fair value of contingent consideration and the release of the valuation allowance related to the net deferred tax assets in Italy 
during 2021. 

Net Income (Loss) 

For the year ended December 31, 2022, net loss was $14.9 million, or $1.02 per diluted share, compared to net income of $4.1 
million, or $0.28 per diluted share, for the prior year. The decrease in net income and diluted earnings per share was primarily due to the 
net of tax benefit of $17.0 million recorded in 2021 related to the reduction in fair value of contingent consideration, as well as higher 
operating expenses in 2022 primarily driven by increased spending to expand our commercial capability and development of new products, 
partially offset by higher revenues and favorable gross profit in 2022. 

45 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

We present certain information with respect to adjusted gross profit and adjusted gross margin, adjusted Earnings Before Interest, 
Tax, Depreciation and Amortization, or EBITDA, adjusted net income, adjusted diluted earnings per share or adjusted Earnings Per Share, 
or EPS, which are financial measures not based on any standardized methodology prescribed by accounting principles generally accepted 
in the United States, or GAAP, and is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies. 

We  have  presented  adjusted  gross  profit  and  adjusted  gross  margin,  adjusted  EBITDA,  adjusted  net  income,  adjusted  EPS, 
because they are key measures used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance and 
to develop operational goals for managing our business. We believe these financial measures help identify underlying trends in our business 
that could otherwise be masked by the effect of the expenses that we exclude. We believe that the exclusion of these items in calculating 
these measures can provide a useful tool for period-to-period comparisons of our core operating performance. Accordingly, we believe that 
these measures provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results, enhancing the 
overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects and allowing for greater transparency with respect to key financial 
metrics used by our management in their financial and operational decision-making.  

Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted Gross Margin  

We define adjusted gross profit as our gross profit excluding amortization of certain acquired intangible assets, the impact of 
inventory  fair-value  step  up  associated  with  our  recent  acquisitions  and  certain  product  rationalization  charges.  The  amortized  assets 
contribute  to  revenue  generation,  and  the  amortization  of  such  assets  will  likely  continue  in  future  periods  until  such  assets  are  fully 
amortized. These assets include the fair value of certain identified assets acquired in acquisitions, including developed technology and 
acquired trade names. We define adjusted gross margin as adjusted gross profit divided by total revenue. 

The  following  is  a  reconciliation  of  adjusted  gross  profit  to  gross  profit  for  the  years  ended  December  30,  2022  and  2021, 

respectively: 

Years Ended December 31, 

2022 

2021 

Gross profit ....................................................................................................................................   $
Product rationalization charges ..............................................................................................     
Acquisition related intangible asset amortization ...................................................................     
Acquisition related inventory step up .....................................................................................     
Adjusted gross profit ......................................................................................................................   $
Adjusted gross margin....................................................................................................................     

93,576     $
3,199       
6,240       
-       
103,015     $
66%    

82,943  
2,445  
6,248  
6,465  
98,101  
66%

Adjusted  gross  profit  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022  increased  $4.9  million  to  $103.0  million  representing  66%  of 
revenue. Adjusted gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $98.1 million, or 66% of revenue. The increase in adjusted gross 
profit for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to 2021, primarily resulted from the growth of revenue. There was no change in 
adjusted gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to 2021, as the benefits of higher revenue and related production 
volumes were offset by increased costs and the continued impact of global supply chain and staffing challenges that arose following the 
COVID-19 pandemic. 

Adjusted EBITDA 

We present information below with respect to adjusted EBITDA, which we define as our net income (loss) excluding interest 
and  other  income,  net,  income  tax  benefit  (expense),  depreciation  and amortization,  stock-based compensation,  product  rationalization 
charges, and acquisition-related expenses. We have also excluded the impact changes in the fair value of contingent consideration associated 
with our acquisition transactions in early 2020. 

Adjusted  EBITDA  is  not  prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP,  and  should  not  be  considered  in  isolation  of,  or  as  an 
alternative to, measures prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of adjusted EBITDA 
rather than net income (loss), which is the nearest U.S. GAAP equivalent. Some of these limitations are: 

46 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

adjusted  EBITDA  excludes  depreciation  and  amortization,  and,  although  these  are  non-cash  expenses,  the  assets  being 
depreciated or amortized may have to be replaced in the future, the cash requirements for which are not reflected in adjusted
EBITDA; 

we exclude stock-based compensation expense from adjusted EBITDA although (a) it has been, and will continue to be for the
foreseeable  future,  a  significant  recurring  expense  for  our  business  and  an  important  part  of  our  employee  compensation
strategy and (b) if we did not pay out a portion of our compensation in the form of stock-based compensation, the cash salary
and bonus expense included in operating expenses likely would be higher, which would affect our cash position; 

we exclude acquisition related expenses, including transaction costs and other related expenses, amortization and depreciation
of acquired assets in recent acquisitions, and the impact of inventory fair-value step up on cost of goods sold; 

we exclude certain impairment charges, including impairment related to In-Process Research and Development, or IPR&D,
assets, certain product rationalization charges, the impact of COVID-19 and changing regulatory requirements; 

•  we exclude goodwill impairment charges and changes in the fair value of contingent consideration; 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the expenses and other items that we exclude in our calculation of adjusted EBITDA may differ from the expenses and other
items, if any, that other companies may exclude from adjusted EBITDA when they report their operating results; 

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, working capital needs; 

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect provision for (benefit from) income taxes or the cash requirements to pay taxes; and 

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect historical cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual
commitments. 

The following is a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 

respectively: 

Net (loss) income ...........................................................................................................................   $ 
Interest and other expense, net ...............................................................................................     
Benefit from income taxes .....................................................................................................     
Depreciation and amortization ...............................................................................................     
Stock-based compensation .....................................................................................................     
Product rationalization charges ..............................................................................................     
IPR&D impairment ................................................................................................................     
Acquisition related intangible asset amortization ...................................................................     
Acquisition related inventory step up .....................................................................................     
Change in fair value of contingent consideration ...................................................................     
Adjusted EBITDA ..........................................................................................................................   $ 

Years Ended December 31, 

2022 

2021 

(14,859 )   $ 
(654 )     
(3,887 )     
7,340       
14,315       
3,199       
-       
7,147       
-       
-       
12,601     $ 

4,134   
188   
(1,707 ) 
7,169   
11,085   
2,445   
600   
7,148   
6,465   
(21,095 ) 
16,432   

Adjusted EBITDA for year ended December 31, 2022, decreased $3.8 million as compared to 2021. The decrease in adjusted 
EBITDA  was  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  operating  expenses  largely attributable  to  expansion  of  our commercial  capability  in  the 
United States and an increase in product development costs, partially offset by an increase in revenue. 

47 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
Adjusted Net Income (Loss) and Adjusted EPS 

We present information below with respect to adjusted net income (loss) and adjusted EPS. We define adjusted net income (loss) 
as our net income (loss) excluding amortization and depreciation of acquired assets, the impact of inventory fair-value step up on cost of 
revenue,  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  contingent  consideration,  as  well as  certain  impairment  charges,  including  impairment  related  to 
IPR&D assets and non-cash product rationalization charges, each on a tax effected basis. Acquisition-related expenses are those that we 
would not have incurred except as a direct result of acquisition transactions. The amortized assets contribute to revenue generation and the 
amortization of such assets will recur in future periods until such assets are fully amortized. These assets include the estimated fair value 
of  certain  identified  assets  acquired in acquisitions,  including in-process  research  and  development,  or  IPR&D,  developed technology, 
customer relationships and acquired trade names. We define adjusted EPS as U.S. GAAP diluted earnings per share excluding the above 
adjustments to net income (loss) used in calculating adjusted net income (loss), each on a per share and tax effected basis. 

The following is a reconciliation of adjusted net income (loss) to net income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 

2021, respectively: 

Net (loss) income ...........................................................................................................................   $ 
Product rationalization charges, tax effected ..........................................................................     
IPR&D impairment, tax effected ............................................................................................     
Acquisition related intangible asset amortization, tax effected ..............................................     
Acquisition related inventory step up, tax effected ................................................................     
Change in fair value of contingent consideration, tax effected ...............................................     
Adjusted net loss ............................................................................................................................   $ 

Years Ended December 31, 

2022 

2021 

(14,859 )   $ 
2,410       
-       
5,386       
-       
-       
(7,063 )   $ 

4,134   
1,830   
448   
5,386   
4,810   
(16,979 ) 
(371 ) 

The following is a reconciliation of adjusted EPS to diluted earnings (loss) per share for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 

2021, respectively (in thousands, expect per share data): 

Diluted (loss) earnings per share ....................................................................................................   $ 
Product rationalization charges, tax effected ..........................................................................     
IPR&D impairment, tax effected ............................................................................................     
Acquisition related intangible asset amortization, tax effected ..............................................     
Acquisition related inventory step up .....................................................................................     
Change in fair value contingent consideration, tax effected ...................................................     
Adjusted diluted loss per share .......................................................................................................   $ 

Years Ended December 31, 

2022 

2021 

(1.02 )   $ 
0.17       
-       
0.36       
-       
-       
(0.49 )   $ 

0.28   
0.13   
0.03   
0.37   
0.33   
(1.16 ) 
(0.02 ) 

Adjusted net loss in 2022, increased by $6.7 million as compared to 2021. The increase in adjusted net loss for the period was 
primarily due to an increase in selling and marketing expenses to support our commercial capability in the United States, an increase in 
research and development expenses and an increase in stock-based compensation expense. 

48 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
Results of Operations 

Year ended December 31, 2021 compared to year ended December 31, 2020 

Statement of Operations Detail  

Years Ended December 31,  

2021 

2020 

      $ Change       % Change    

Revenue ..................................................................................................   $
Cost of revenue .......................................................................................     
Gross profit .........................................................................................     
Gross margin .......................................................................................     

Operating expenses: 

(in thousands, except percentages) 
17,337      
3,420      
13,917      

130,457     $
61,431       
69,026       
53%    

147,794     $
64,851       
82,943       
56%    

Research & development ....................................................................     
Selling, general & administrative ........................................................     
Goodwill impairment ..........................................................................     
Change in fair value of contingent consideration ................................     
Total operating expenses .........................................................................     
Income (loss) from operations .................................................................     
Interest and other expense, net ............................................................     
Income (loss) before income taxes ..........................................................     
Benefit from income taxes ..................................................................     
Net income (loss) ....................................................................................   $

27,327       
74,096       
-       
(21,095)      
80,328       
2,615       
(188)      
2,427       
(1,707)      
4,134     $

23,431       
60,063       
42,520       
(28,666)      
97,348       
(28,322)      
(302)      
(28,624)      
(4,642)      
(23,982)    $

3,896      
14,033      
(42,520)     
7,571      
(17,020)     
30,937      
114      
31,051      
2,935      
28,116      

Revenue  

The following table presents product revenue by product family for fiscal years 2021 and 2020 (dollars in thousands): 

13%
6%
20%

17%
23%
(100%) 
(26%) 
(17%) 
109%
(38%) 
108%
(63%) 
117%

Years Ended December 31, 

2021 

2020 

     $ Change       % Change    

OA Pain Management .............................................................................   $ 
Joint Preservation and Restoration ..........................................................     
Non-orthopedic .......................................................................................     
  $ 

89,503    $ 
48,588      
9,703      
147,794    $ 

83,029    $ 
39,368      
8,060      
130,457    $ 

6,474      
9,220      
1,643      
17,337      

8%
23%
20%
13%

Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $147.8 million, an increase of $17.3 million, or 13%, compared to the prior 
year. The increase in revenue was primarily driven by partial recovery from the initial impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on sales volumes 
and related strategic partner ordering patterns as well as from growing commercial adoption of new products. The increase for 2021 was 
also in part due to inclusion of full first quarter results of Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface, which we acquired on January 24, 2020 and 
February 3, 2020, respectively. 

Revenue from our OA Pain Management product family increased 8% for the year ended December 31, 2021, as compared to 
prior year, due primarily to partial recovery from the initial impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on sales volumes and related strategic 
partner ordering patterns.  

Revenue from our Joint Preservation and Restoration product family increased 23% for the year ended December 31, 2021, as 
compared to prior year, due primarily to organic growth as the initial impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on elective procedures begins to 
lift in various worldwide jurisdictions, especially in the United States during 2021. We also saw rapidly growing commercial adoption of 
new regenerative, soft tissue and bone sparing joint products introduced in 2019, 2020 and 2021. The increase was also due in part to the 
inclusion of full year results from Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface which were acquired in the first quarter of 2020. 

49 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
       
   
      
         
         
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Revenue from our non-orthopedic product family increased 20% for the year ended December 31, 2021, as compared to the prior 

year, primarily due to the timing of distributor sales as well as due to higher revenues from legacy products during the first quarter. 

Gross Profit and Margin 

Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $82.9 million, or gross margin of 56%, as compared with $69.0 million, 
or gross margin of 53%, for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily 
resulted  from  revenue  growth  and  lower  amortization  of  inventory  step  up  costs  related  to  the  Arthrosurface  and  Parcus  Medical 
acquisitions. This increase was partially offset by higher product rationalization charges, as well as lower production levels and increased 
reserves caused in part by staffing and supply chain challenges resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. Gross margin includes the impact 
of  inventory  step-up  associated  with  the  Arthrosurface  and  Parcus  Medical  acquisitions,  as  well  as  acquisition-related  amortization 
expenses. These expenses together increased cost of revenue by $12.7 million, or 9 points of gross margin, for the year ended December 
31, 2021 as compared to increased cost of revenue of $16.9 million, or 13 points of gross margin for the same periods in 2020. 

Research and Development  

Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021 were $27.3 million, an increase of $3.9 million, or 
17%,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year,  primarily  due  to  product  development activities  associated  with  the  development  of  new  product 
candidates in our research and development pipeline, execution of the third Cingal Phase III clinical study and Hyalofast clinical trial. 

Selling, General and Administrative 

Selling, general and administrative, or SG&A, expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021 were $74.1 million, an increase 
of $14.0 million, or 23%, as compared to the prior year. The increase in SG&A expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021 was 
primarily related to full period expenses from Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface, expansion of our commercial capability in the United 
States  and  expanded  marketing  activities  and  other  operational  capabilities  to  support  the  growing  business  needs,  higher  stock  based 
compensation expense, and a non-cash loss on disposal of fixed assets, partially offset by the absence of transaction costs incurred in 2020 
related to acquisitions of Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface. Certain activities were curtailed in the year ended December 31, 2020 due to 
cost optimization in light of the early stages of the COVID-19 pandemic. 

Goodwill Impairment Charge 

We assess goodwill for impairment annually, or, under certain circumstances, more frequently, such as when events or changes 
in  circumstances  indicate  there  may  be  impairment.  U.S.  government  policy  responses  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  the  resulting 
changes in healthcare guidelines caused a temporary suspension of domestic elective surgical procedures. As a result of these events during 
2020,  we  experienced  decreases  in  immediate  term  revenue  and  related  cash  flows  which  directly  impacted  the  Parcus  Medical  and 
Arthrosurface reporting unit. The results of the interim and annual impairment tests indicated that the estimated fair value of this reporting 
unit was less than its carrying value. Consequently, a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $42.5 million was recorded in 2020. There 
were no goodwill impairment charges during 2021. 

Contingent Consideration Fair Value Change 

In the year ended December 31, 2021, we recorded a $21.1 million net benefit related to the change in fair value of our contingent 
consideration liabilities incurred associated with the acquisition of Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface in 2020. The liability for contingent 
consideration  is  remeasured  at  each  reporting  period  until  the  contingency  is  resolved.  The  decrease  in  fair  value  of  the  contingent 
consideration was due primarily to the decrease in the likelihood that certain contingent milestones would be achieved or because certain 
contingent milestones were not achieved. In July 2021, we made a regulatory milestone payment in connection with the Arthrosurface 
acquisition in the amount of $10.0 million upon obtaining a regulatory clearance for a reverse shoulder implant system. 

Income Taxes 

The  benefit  from  income  taxes  was  $1.7  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2021,  resulting  in an effective  tax  rate  of 
(70.4%). The benefit from income taxes was $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, resulting in an effective tax rate of 16.2%. 
The net change in the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2021, as compared to the prior year, was primarily due to lower 
income before tax in 2021, favorable state tax apportionment, a $0.9 million tax benefit on the decrease in the fair value of contingent 
consideration and the release of a valuation allowance initially recorded in 2020 in the amount of $0.9 million due to increased likelihood 
regarding the realizability of certain net deferred tax assets in Italy. 

50 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Net Income (Loss) 

For the year ended December 31, 2021, net income was $4.1 million, or $0.28 per diluted share, compared to net loss of $24.0 
million,  or  $1.69  per  diluted  share,  for the  prior  year. The  increase  in  net  income  and  diluted earnings  per  share  was  primarily  due  to 
increased revenue, reduction in the fair value of contingent consideration and the absence of goodwill impairment charges, partially offset 
by  higher  operating  expenses  primarily  driven  by  increased  spending  to  expand  our  commercial  capability  in  the  United  States  and 
development of new products and clinical trial activity. 

Concentration of Risk 

We have historically derived the majority of our revenue from a small number of customers, most of whom resell our products 
to end-users and are significantly larger companies than us. For the year ended December 31, 2022, Mitek accounted for 43% of revenue, 
as compared to 45% in prior year. While we believe that our expanded commercial infrastructure has been and will continue to diversify 
our revenue base, we expect to continue to be dependent on a small number of large customers, especially Mitek, for a sizeable portion of 
our revenues in the near-term future. The failure of these customers to purchase our products in the amounts they historically have or in 
amounts that we expect could materially impact our business. 

In addition, if present and future customers terminate their purchasing arrangements with us, significantly reduce or delay their 
orders, or seek to renegotiate their agreements on terms less favorable to us, our business, financial condition, and results of operations will 
be adversely affected. If we accept terms less favorable than the terms of the current agreements, such renegotiations may have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and/or results of operations. Furthermore, in any future negotiations we may be subject 
to the perceived or actual leverage that these customers may have given their relative size and importance to us. Any termination, change, 
reduction, or delay in orders could seriously harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Accordingly, unless and until 
we diversify and expand our customer base, our future success will significantly depend upon the timing and size of future purchases by 
our largest customers and the financial and operational success of these customers. The loss of any one of our major customers or the delay 
of significant orders from such customers, even if only temporary, could reduce or delay our recognition of revenues, harm our reputation 
in the industry, and reduce our ability to accurately predict cash flow, and, consequently, it could seriously harm our business, financial 
condition, and results of operations. 

See Note 13, Revenue by Product Family, by Significant Customer and by Geographic Location; Geographic Information, to the 
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information regarding significant customers. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources  

We require cash to fund our operating activities and to make capital expenditures and other investments in the business. We 
expect that our requirements for cash to fund these uses will increase as our operations expand. We continue to generate cash from operating 
activities, and we believe that our operating cash flows, cash currently on our balance sheet and availability under our credit facility will 
be sufficient to allow us to continue to invest in our existing business, to manage our capital structure on a short and long-term basis, and 
to meet our anticipated operating cash needs. Cash, cash equivalents, and investments aggregated $86.3 million and $94.4 million, and 
working capital totaled $141.6 million and $138.7 million, at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.  

We entered into a Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, on November 12, 2021, with Bank of America N.A. as administrative 
agent, which amended our existing revolving line of credit agreement dated October 24, 2017 and provides up to $75.0 million in the form 
of a senior revolving line of credit. Subject to certain conditions, we may request up to an additional $75.0 million for a maximum aggregate 
commitment of $150.0 million. As a precautionary measure at the beginning of the COVID-19 pandemic, we executed a drawdown of 
$50.0 million in April 2020, all of which we repaid during the year ended December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2022, and 2021, there 
were no outstanding borrowings, and we are in compliance with the terms of the credit facility. 

Summary of Cash Flows (in thousands): 

Cash provided by (used in) 
Operating activities ........................................................................................    $ 
Investing activities .........................................................................................      
Financing activities ........................................................................................      
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash ........................................................      
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents .....................................................    $ 

Years Ended December 31, 
2021 

2022 

2020 

4,409    $ 
(7,486)     
(4,852)     
(130)     
(8,059)   $ 

8,397    $ 
(3,118)     
(6,779)     
69      
(1,431)   $ 

13,065  
(71,264) 
(3,774) 
327  
(61,646) 

51 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
 
  
 
 
The following changes contributed to the net change in cash and cash equivalents from 2021 to 2022. 

Operating Activities 

Cash provided by operating activities was $4.4 million, $8.4 million, $13.1 million for 2022, 2021 and 2020. The change in 2022 
was primarily attributable to an increase in operating spending largely attributable to expansion of our commercial capability in the United 
States and an increase in product development costs, partially offset by an increase in product sales. We also made a payment of contingent 
consideration in July 2021, in which we paid contingent consideration in the amount of $10.0 million, $2.8 million of which was classified 
within operating activities and the remaining $7.2 million was classified within financing activities. 

For the foreseeable future, we expect to continue to invest substantial resources in research and development for new products 
and clinical trials as well as continued investment in our commercial infrastructure to support our growth strategy. These costs will be 
funded with a combination of cash on hand and cash expected to be generated from future operations. 

Investing Activities 

Investing  activities  used  $7.5  million,  $3.1  million,  $71.3  million  in  2022,  2021  and  2020.  The  significant  use  of  cash  from 
investing activities in 2020 was primarily due to the $94.6 million of consideration paid, net of cash acquired, for the acquisitions of Parcus 
Medical and Arthrosurface. Capital expenditures totaled $7.5 million, $5.1 million, and $1.6 million for 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 

Financing Activities 

Cash used in financing activities was $4.9 million, $6.8 million and $3.8 million for 2022, 2021 and 2020. The change in 2022 

was primarily due to lower payments of contingent consideration compared to 2021.  

For a discussion of our liquidity and capital resources as of December 31, 2021, and our cash flow activities for the fiscal year 
ended December 31, 2021, see “Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” 
of  our  annual  report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  filed  with  the  SEC  on  March  10,  2022,  which  is 
incorporated by reference in this Report. 

Contractual Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments  

The table below summarizes our non-cancelable operating leases, purchase commitments, and contractual obligations related to 
future periods which are not reflected in our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2022. Purchase commitments relate primarily to 
non-cancellable inventory commitments and capital expenditures entered in the normal course of business: 

Payments due by period (in thousands) 

     Less than 

Total 

1 year 

     1 - 3 years       3 - 5 years      

     More than    
5 years 

Operating Leases ...........................................................   $ 
Year Ended December 31, 2022....................................   $ 

39,924    $ 
39,924    $ 

3,170    $ 
3,170    $ 

6,121    $ 
6,121    $ 

5,403    $ 
5,403    $ 

25,230  
25,230  

We also have purchase orders and commitments for materials and other day-to-day business requirements in which there are no 

material commitments greater than one year. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

Our  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  are  based  upon  our  consolidated  financial 
statements  included  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  which  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in 
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements 
requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the related 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We monitor our estimates on an ongoing basis for changes in facts and circumstances, and 
material changes in these estimates could occur in the future. Changes in estimates are recorded in the period in which they become known. 
We base our estimates on historical experience and other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual 
results may differ from our estimates if past experience or other assumptions do not turn out to be substantially accurate. 

52 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We have identified the policies below as critical to our business operations and the understanding of our results of operations. 
The impact and any associated risks related to these policies on our business operations are discussed throughout this section captioned 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” where such policies affect our reported and 
expected financial results. For a detailed discussion on the application of these and other accounting policies, see Note 2 to the consolidated 
financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Business Combinations and Contingent Consideration 

Amounts paid for acquisitions are allocated to the intangible and tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, if any, based 
on their fair values at the dates of acquisition. This purchase price allocation process requires management to make significant estimates 
and assumptions with respect to intangible assets and deferred revenue obligations. Critical estimates include, but are not limited to, future 
expected cash flows, including projected revenues and expenses, and the applicable discount rates. The fair value of identifiable intangible 
assets is based on detailed valuations that use information and assumptions determined by management. Any excess of purchase price over 
the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired is allocated to goodwill. While we use our best estimates and assumptions 
to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date as well as any contingent consideration, where applicable, 
our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year 
from the acquisition date, we record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. 
Upon conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes 
first,  any  subsequent  adjustments  are  recorded  to  our  consolidated  statements  of  comprehensive  income.  The  fair  value  of  contingent 
consideration includes estimates and judgments made by management regarding the probability that future contingent payments will be 
made. 

We use the income approach to determine the fair value of certain identifiable intangible assets including developed technology 
and IPR&D. This approach determines fair value by estimating after-tax cash flows attributable to these assets over their respective useful 
lives and then discounting these after-tax cash flows back to a present value. The estimated economic lives were determined using a variety 
of indicators including historical usage, evolutionary changes and other observable market data. We base our assumptions on estimates of 
future cash flows, expected growth rates and expected trends in technology. We base the discount rate used to arrive at the present value 
used in this method as of the date of acquisition on the time value of money and certain industry-specific risk factors. We use the relief-
from-royalty method of the income approach to determine the fair value of trade names. This approach determines fair value by estimating 
the after-tax royalty savings attributable to owning the intangible asset and then discounting these after-tax royalty savings back to a present 
value. We base our assumptions on the estimated revenue attributable to the trade name and the estimated royalty rate attributable to the 
trade name. We use the avoided costs/lost profits method to determine the fair value of customer relationships. This approach determines 
fair value by estimating the projected revenues related to the asset and estimated costs to recreate the intangible asset. We believe the 
estimated purchased customer relationships, developed technologies, trade name, and in process research and development amounts so 
determined represent the fair value at the date of acquisition and do not exceed the amount a third party would pay for the assets. If the 
subsequent actual results and updated projections of the underlying business activity change compared with the assumptions and projections 
used to develop these values, we could experience impairment charges which could be material. In addition, estimated economic lives of 
certain  acquired  assets  are  used  to  calculate  depreciation  and  amortization  expense.  If  our  estimates  of  the  economic  lives  change, 
depreciation or amortization expenses could be accelerated or slowed. 

We used the comparative sales method to determine the fair value of work-in-process, or WIP, and finished goods inventory 
acquired and ultimately the inventory step- up required. The fair value of WIP inventory was estimated as the selling price less the sum of 
(a) costs to complete, (b) costs of disposal, and (c) a reasonable profit allowance for the selling effort of the acquiring entity based on profit 
for similar products. The fair value of finished goods inventory was estimated as the selling price less the sum of (a) costs of disposal and 
(b) a reasonable profit allowance for the selling effort of the acquiring entity based on profit for similar products. 

For contingent consideration, we update these estimates and the related fair value of contingent consideration at each reporting 
period based on the estimated probability of achieving the earn-out targets and applying a discount rate that measures the risk associated 
with the expected contingent payments. Under the Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface merger agreements, there are contingent consideration 
milestones totaling up to $100 million payable from 2020 to 2022. Parcus Medical has net sales milestones annually from 2020 to 2022, 
while Arthrosurface had both regulatory and net sales milestones in 2020 and 2021. As of December 31, 2022, there were no more remaining 
regulatory or net sales milestones related to Parcus Medical or Arthrosurface expected to be achieved. The fair value of the Parcus Medical 
contingent consideration was estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation. Changes in the fair value can result from changes pertaining to 
the achievement of the defined milestones and changes in assumed discount rates. Changes in the fair value of contingent consideration are 
recorded in our consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2022, there was no contingent consideration for Parcus Medical 
or Arthrosurface. 

53 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Revenue Recognition – General 

Pursuant to ASC 606, we recognize revenue when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services. The amount of 
revenue that is recorded reflects the consideration that we expect to receive in exchange for those goods or services. We apply the following 
five-step model in order to determine this amount: (i) identification of the promised goods or services in the contract; (ii) determination of 
whether the promised goods or services are performance obligations, including whether they are capable of being distinct or distinct in the 
context of the contract; (iii) measurement of the transaction price, including the constraint on variable consideration; (iv) allocation of the 
transaction price to the performance obligations; and (v) recognition of revenue when (or as) we satisfy each performance obligation. 

We generate sales principally through three types of customers: (i) commercial partnerships (ii) hospitals and ASCs, and (iii) 

distributors, referred to as distribution model. 

For commercial partnership sales, we sell our products directly to these partners, who perform most of the downstream sales and 
marketing activities to customers and end-users. These arrangements may include the grant of certain licenses, performance of development 
services, and the supply of product. Our largest such customer, Mitek, represented 43% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 
2022. We recognize revenue from product sales when the customer obtains control of our product, which typically occurs upon shipment 
to the customer. Commercial partnership agreements may also include sales-based royalties and milestones. As we considered the license 
to be the predominant item to which the royalties relate for these agreements, sales-based royalties and milestones are only recognized 
when the later of the underlying sale occurs or the performance obligation to which some or all of the sales-based royalty has been satisfied 
(or partially satisfied). This is generally in the same period that our licensees complete their product sales in their territory, for which we 
are contractually entitled to a percentage-based royalty. We record royalty revenues based on estimated net sales of licensed products as 
reported to us by our commercial partners. The differences between actual and estimated royalty revenues have not been material and are 
typically adjusted in the following quarter when the actual amounts are known. Revenue from sales-based royalties is included in revenues 
in our consolidated statement of operations. 

For  sales  to  hospitals  and  ASCs,  which  generally  pairs  in-house  sales  representatives  with  local  or  regional  distributors,  the 
inventory is generally consigned so that products are available when needed for surgical procedures. No revenue is recognized upon the 
placement of inventory into consignment, as we retain the ability to control the inventory. Revenue is recognized typically as of the date 
of surgical implantation of the product. 

For distributor sales, we sell our products to our distributors, generally outside the United States, who subsequently resell the 
products to sub-distributors and health care providers, among others. We recognize revenue from product sales when the distributor obtains 
control  of  our  product,  which  typically  occurs  upon  shipment  to  the  distributor,  in  return  for  agreed-upon,  fixed-price  consideration. 
Performance  obligations  are  generally  settled  quickly  after  purchase  order  acceptance;  therefore,  the  value  of  unsatisfied  performance 
obligations at the end of any reporting period is generally insignificant. We sell to a diversified base of distributors and, therefore, we 
believe there is no material concentration of credit risk. 

Certain of our supply agreements contain terms that represent a promise to deliver product at the customer’s discretion that are 
considered  distributor  options. We  assess  if these  options  provide  a material  right  to  the  licensee,  and if  so,  they  are  accounted  for  as 
separate performance obligations. Our supply agreements do not provide options that are considered material rights. 

Our  payment  terms  are  consistent  with  prevailing  practice  in  the  respective  markets  in  which  we  do  business.  Most  of  our 
customers make payments based on contract terms, which are not affected by contingent events that could impact the transaction price. 
Payment terms fall within the one-year guidance for the practical expedient, which allows us to forgo adjustment of the contractual payment 
amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component. 

Some of our distributor agreements have volume-based discounts with tiered pricing which are generally prospective in nature. 
These  prospective  discounts  together  with  any  free-of-charge  sample  units  offered  are  evaluated  as  potential  material  rights.  If  the 
prospective discounts or free-of-charge sample units are considered material rights, these would be separate performance obligations and 
a portion of the sales transaction price is allocated to the material right. Revenue allocated to the material right is recognized when the 
additional goods are transferred to the customer or when the option expires. During 2022, the consideration allocated to material rights was 
not significant. 

We receive payments from our customers based on billing schedules established in each contract. Up-front payments and fees 
are recorded as deferred revenue upon receipt or when due, and may require deferral of revenue recognition to a future period until we 
perform  our  obligations  under  these  arrangements.  Amounts  are  recorded  as  accounts  receivable  when  our  right  to  consideration  is 
unconditional. Deferred revenue was $0 and $1.0 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. 

54 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Generally, customer contracts contain Free on Board, or FOB, or Ex-Works shipping point terms where the customer pays the 
shipping  company  directly  for  all  shipping  and  handling  costs.  In  those  contracts  in  which  we  pay  for  the  shipping  and  handling,  the 
associated costs are generally recorded along with the product sale at the time of shipment in cost of revenue when control over the products 
has transferred to the customer. Value-add and other taxes we collected concurrently with revenue-producing activities are excluded from 
revenue. Our general product warranty does not extend beyond an assurance that the product or services delivered will be consistent with 
stated contractual specifications, which does not create a separate performance obligation. We recognize the incremental costs of obtaining 
contracts as an expense when incurred as the amortization period of the assets that we otherwise would have recognized is one year or less 
in accordance with the practical expedient in paragraph ASC 340-40-25-4. These costs are included in selling, general and administrative 
expenses. 

Inventories 

Inventories are primarily stated at the lower of standard cost and net realizable value, with approximate cost determined using 
the  first-in,  first-out  method.  Work-in-process  and  finished  goods  inventories  include  materials,  labor,  and  manufacturing  overhead. 
Manufacturing variances attributable to abnormally low production are expensed in the period incurred. Inventory costs associated with 
product candidates that have not yet received regulatory approval are capitalized if we believe there is probable future commercial use and 
future economic benefit. 

Our policy is to write down inventory when conditions exist that suggest inventory may be in excess of anticipated demand or is 
obsolete based upon assumptions about future demand for our products and market conditions. We regularly evaluate the ability to realize 
the value of inventory based on a combination of factors including, but not limited to, historical usage rates, forecasted sales or usage, 
product end of life dates, and estimated current or future market values. Inventory needs and alternative usage avenues are explored within 
these processes to mitigate inventory exposure 

When recorded, inventory write-downs are intended to reduce the carrying value of inventory to its net realizable value. If actual 
demand for our products deteriorates, or if market conditions are less favorable than those projected, additional inventory write-downs may 
be required. Other long-term assets include inventory expected to remain on hand beyond one year. 

Goodwill and In-Process Research and Development 

Goodwill is the amount by which the purchase price of acquired net assets in a business combination exceeded the fair values of 
net identifiable assets on the date of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to impairment test annually or more frequently if 
events or changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable, utilizing either the qualitative or 
quantitative method. 

We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis as of November 30 or more frequently if we believe 
indicators of impairment exist. We have two reporting units: the legacy Anika reporting unit and a reporting unit established in 2020 upon 
the  acquisitions  of  Parcus  Medical  and  Arthrosurface.  The  remaining  goodwill  as  of  December  31,  2022  pertains  to  the  legacy  Anika 
reporting unit, as the goodwill with respect to the Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface reporting unit was fully impaired in 2020. 

We  have  the  option  to  first  assess  qualitative  factors  to  determine  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  a 
reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  value.  When  using  the  qualitative  method  in  2022,  we  considered  several  factors,  including  the 
following: 

• 

• 

• 
• 

• 

the amount by which the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying value as of the date of the most recent 
quantitative impairment analysis, which indicated there would need to be substantial negative developments in the markets in 
which the reporting unit operates for there to be potential impairment; 
the carrying value of the reporting unit as of the assessment date compared to their previously calculated fair value as of the 
date of the most recent quantitative impairment analysis; 
the current forecasts as compared to the forecasts included in the most recent quantitative impairment analysis; 
public information from competitors and other industry information to determine if there were any significant adverse trends in 
our competitors' businesses; 
changes in the value of major U.S. stock indices that could suggest declines in overall market stability that could impact the 
valuation of our reporting unit; 

•  whether there had been any significant increases in the weighted-average cost of capital rates for the reporting unit, which 

could materially lower our prior valuation conclusions under a discounted cash flow approach. 

55 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Significant assumptions utilized in the impairment analysis included valuation multiple with respect to revenue and weighted-
average cost of capital. Based on sensitivity analysis performed on key assumptions at November 30, 2022, a 10% decrease in valuation 
multiples or a 10% increase in the weighted average cost of capital assumption would not have resulted in a fair value below the reporting 
unit’s carrying value. Accordingly, we determined it was not more likely than not that the fair value of the legacy Anika reporting unit is 
less than its carrying amount and thus goodwill was not impaired as of November 30, 2022. 

IPR&D represents the fair value assigned to research and development assets that we acquire that have not been completed at the 
date of acquisition or are pending regulatory approval in certain jurisdictions. We conduct annual impairment tests of IPR&D, by comparing 
the fair value of each IPR&D project to its carrying value. If the carrying value exceeds its fair value, we record an impairment loss to the 
extent that the carrying value of the IPR&D project exceeds its fair value. We estimate the fair value for IPR&D using the income approach 
which incorporates significant estimates and assumptions related to the forecasted results including revenues, expenses, expected economic 
life of the asset, contributory asset charges and discount rates to estimate future cash flows. During 2021, we decided not to further invest 
in certain of our projects and recorded an impairment charge in the amount of $0.6 million in 2021, in research and development expenses 
in the consolidated statements of operations. Based on a sensitivity analysis performed on key assumptions at November 30, 2022 with 
respect to the remaining IPR&D, a 10% decrease in the long-term growth factor assumption, or 10% increase in the weighted average cost 
of capital assumption would not have resulted in a fair value below the IPR&D carrying value. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

A discussion of recent accounting pronouncements is included in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in this Annual 

Report on Form 10-K. 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Interest Rate Risk 

We manage our investment portfolio in accordance with our investment policy. The primary objectives of our investment policy 
are to preserve principal, maintain a high degree of liquidity to meet operating and other needs, and obtain competitive returns subject to 
prevailing market conditions without significantly increasing risk. To achieve this objective, we maintain our portfolio of cash equivalents 
and investments in a variety of high-quality securities, including money market funds and U.S. treasury bills. The investments are classified 
as  available-for-sale  and  consequently  are  recorded  at  fair  value  with  unrealized  gains  or  losses  reported  as  a  separate  component  of 
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Our portfolio of cash equivalents and investments is subject to interest rate fluctuations, 
changes in credit quality of the issuer, and other factors. 

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk 

Foreign currency risk arises from our investments in subsidiaries owned and operated in non-U.S. countries. Such risk is also a 
result of transactions with customers in countries outside the United States. Approximately $8.6 million of our revenue was denominated 
in foreign currencies (primarily the Euro) for the year ended December 31, 2022. Gains and losses arising from transactions denominated 
in foreign currencies are primarily related to intercompany accounts that have been determined to be temporary in nature and cash, accounts 
payable, and accounts receivable denominated in non-functional currencies. We also utilize clinical vendors that are located in various 
countries outside of the United States and invoice us in their local currency and we have one major supplier contract denominated in a 
foreign currency. We do not engage in foreign currency hedging arrangements for these transactions, and, consequently, foreign currency 
fluctuations may adversely affect our earnings. Unfavorable fluctuations in exchange rates would have a negative impact on our financial 
statements. The impact of currency exchange rate fluctuations related to our international subsidiaries on our financial statements were 
insignificant in 2022. We recognize foreign currency gains or losses arising from our operations in the period incurred.  

56 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

ANIKA THERAPEUTICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 34) ................................................................................   58  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 ........................................................................................................   60  
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2022, 2021  

and 2020 ............................................................................................................................................................................................   61  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 ......................................   62  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 .....................................................   63 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .........................................................................................................................................   64  

57 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Anika Therapeutics, Inc. 

Opinion on the Financial Statements 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Anika Therapeutics, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of 
December 31, 2022 and 2021, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity 
and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the 
“financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the 
Company as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended December 31, 2022, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), 
the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control — 
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated 
March 16, 2023, expressed an adverse opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting. 

Basis for Opinion 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be 
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of 
the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our 
audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or 
fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the 
amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant 
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits 
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Critical Audit Matter  

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was 
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to 
the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical 
audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the 
critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. 

58 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Inventories — Refer to Notes 2 and 5 to the financial statements 

Critical Audit Matter Description 

The Company evaluates inventory each reporting period for excess quantities and obsolescence, establishing reserves, when necessary, 
based upon historical experience, assessment of economic conditions, and expected demand. Once recorded, these reserves are 
considered permanent adjustments to the carrying value of inventory. As of December 31, 2022, the Company has total inventories of 
$56.5 million, net of excess quantities and obsolescence reserves. 

We identified the reserve for excess quantities and obsolete inventory as a critical audit matter because of the significant estimates and 
assumptions management makes to quantify and to record the reserve, including the determination of expected demand. This required a 
high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort when performing audit procedures to evaluate the methodology and the 
reasonableness of assumptions including expected demand. 

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit 

Our audit procedures related to the reserve for excess quantities and obsolete inventory including management’s estimate of expected 
demand, included the following, among others: 

•  We tested the effectiveness of controls over inventory, including those over the estimation of reserves for excess quantities and 

obsolescence. 

•  We evaluated the reasonableness of the Company's excess and obsolete inventory policy, considering historical experience and 

the underlying assumptions. 

•  We tested the calculation of the excess and obsolescence reserve pursuant to the Company's policy, on a sample basis, 

including the completeness and accuracy of the data used in the calculation. 

•  We performed procedures to evaluate management’s ability to accurately forecast by comparing the historical expiring 

inventory estimates to subsequent inventory destructions and expirations. 

•  We performed a retrospective review by comparing management’s prior year projections of future demand by product, with 

actual sales in the current year to identify potential bias in the inventory reserve. 

•  We made inquiries of senior financial and operating management to determine whether any strategic, regulatory, or operational 
changes in the business were consistent with the projections of future demand that were utilized as the basis for the excess and 
obsolescence reserve recorded. 

•  We considered the existence of contradictory evidence based on consideration of internal communications to management and 

the board of directors, Company press releases, and analysts' reports, as well as any changes within the business. 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP 

Boston, Massachusetts 
March 16, 2023 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017. 

59 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Anika Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

Current assets: 

ASSETS 

Cash and cash equivalents ..........................................................................................................   $ 
Accounts receivable, net ............................................................................................................     
Inventories ..................................................................................................................................     
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..................................................................................     
Total current assets .................................................................................................................     
Property and equipment, net...........................................................................................................     
Right-of-use assets .........................................................................................................................     
Other long-term assets....................................................................................................................     
Deferred tax assets .........................................................................................................................     
Intangible assets, net ......................................................................................................................     
Goodwill ........................................................................................................................................     
Total assets .....................................................................................................................................   $ 

Current liabilities: 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Accounts payable .......................................................................................................................   $ 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities ...........................................................................     
Contingent consideration............................................................................................................     
Total current liabilities ...........................................................................................................     
Other long-term liabilities ..............................................................................................................     
Deferred tax liability ......................................................................................................................     
Lease liabilities ..............................................................................................................................     
Commitments and contingencies (Note 12) 
Stockholders’ equity: 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 1,250 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding at 

As of December 31, 

2022 

2021 

86,327     $ 
34,627       
39,765       
8,828       
169,547       
48,279       
30,696       
17,219       
1,449       
74,599       
7,339       
349,128     $ 

9,074     $ 
18,840       
-       
27,914       
398       
6,436       
28,817       

94,386   
29,843   
36,010   
8,289   
168,528   
47,602   
20,957   
20,285   
-   
82,382   
7,781   
347,535   

7,633   
17,847   
4,315   
29,795   
1,258   
10,157   
19,240   

December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively ............................................................................     

-       

-   

Common stock, $.01 par value; 90,000 shares authorized, 14,625 and 14,441 shares issued 

and outstanding at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively ..............................................     
Additional paid-in-capital ..........................................................................................................     
Accumulated other comprehensive loss .....................................................................................     
Retained earnings .......................................................................................................................     
Total stockholders’ equity ......................................................................................................     
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity .......................................................................................   $ 

146       
81,141       
(6,443 )     
210,719       
285,563       
349,128     $ 

144   
67,081   
(5,718 ) 
225,578   
287,085   
347,535   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

60 

        
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
    
  
      
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
Anika Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

Years Ended December 31, 
2021 

2022 

2020 

Revenue .........................................................................................................    $ 
Cost of revenue ..............................................................................................      
Gross profit ................................................................................................      

156,236    $ 
62,660      
93,576      

147,794    $ 
64,851      
82,943      

130,457  
61,431  
69,026  

Operating expenses: 

Research & development ...........................................................................      
Selling, general & administrative ...............................................................      
Goodwill impairment charge ......................................................................      
Change in fair value of contingent consideration .......................................      
Total operating expenses ................................................................................      
(Loss) income from operations ......................................................................      
Interest and other income (expense) , net ...................................................      
(Loss) income before income taxes ................................................................      
Benefit from for income taxes ....................................................................      
Net (loss) income ...........................................................................................    $ 

28,182      
84,794      
-      
-      
112,976      
(19,400)     
654      
(18,746)     
(3,887)     
(14,859)   $ 

27,327      
74,096      
-      
(21,095)     
80,328      
2,615      
(188)     
2,427      
(1,707)     
4,134    $ 

23,431  
60,063  
42,520  
(28,666) 
97,348  
(28,322) 
(302) 
(28,624) 
(4,642) 
(23,982) 

Net income (loss) per share: 

Basic ...........................................................................................................    $ 
Diluted .......................................................................................................    $ 

(1.02)   $ 
(1.02)   $ 

0.29    $ 
0.28    $ 

(1.69) 
(1.69) 

Weighted average common shares outstanding: 

Basic ...........................................................................................................      
Diluted .......................................................................................................      

Net (loss) income ...........................................................................................    $ 
Foreign currency translation adjustment ....................................................      
Comprehensive (loss) income ........................................................................    $ 

14,561      
14,561      

(14,859)   $ 
(725)     
(15,584)   $ 

14,401      
14,634      

4,134    $ 
(1,176)     
2,958    $ 

14,222  
14,222  

(23,982) 
1,356  
(22,626) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

61 

            
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
 
 
Anika Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

Common Stock 

   Number of       $.01 Par 

Shares 

     Value 

Additional 
Paid 

     Retained 
     in Capital       Earnings 
48,707    $ 

143    $ 

245,426     $ 

     Accumulated      
Other 
Comprehensive    
Loss 

Total 
Stockholders'   
Equity 

(5,898)   $ 

288,378  

Balance, December 31, 2019 ..............      

14,308    $ 

Issuance of common stock for 

equity awards .............................      
Vesting of restricted stock units .....      
Forfeiture of restricted stock 

awards ........................................      
Stock-based compensation expense      
Retirement of common stock for 

minimum tax withholdings .........      
Repurchase of common stock.........      
Net loss ..........................................      
Other comprehensive income .........      
Balance, December 31, 2020 ..............      

Issuance of common stock for 

equity awards .............................      
Vesting of restricted stock units .....      
Stock-based compensation expense      
Retirement of common stock for 

minimum tax withholdings .........      
Net income .....................................      
Other comprehensive loss ..............      
Balance, December 31, 2021 ..............      

Issuance of common stock for 

equity awards .............................      
Vesting of restricted stock units .....      
Issuance of common stock from 

employee purchase plan .............      
Stock-based compensation expense      
Retirement of common stock for 

123      
54      

(9)     
–      

(8)     
(139)     
–      
–      
14,329    $ 

32      
92      
-      

(12)     
-      
-      
14,441    $ 

-      
184      

35      
-      

minimum tax withholdings .........      
Net loss ..........................................      
Other comprehensive loss ..............      
Balance, December 31, 2022 ..............      

(35)     
-      
-      
14,625    $ 

1      
–      

–      
–      

–      
(1)     
–      
–      
143    $ 

-      
1      
-      

-      
-      
-      
144    $ 

-      
2      

-      
-      

-      
-      
-      
146    $ 

1,523      
–      

–      
5,386      

(262)     
1      
–      
–      
55,355    $ 

1,128      
(1)     
11,085      

–       
–       

–       
–       

–       
–       
(23,982 )     
–       
221,444     $ 

-       
-       
-       

(486)     
-      
-      
67,081    $ 

-       
4,134       
-       
225,578     $ 

-       
-       

-       
-       

16      
(2)     

665      
14,315      

(934)     
-      
-      
81,141    $ 

–      
–      

–      
–      

–      
–      
–      
1,356      
(4.542)   $ 

-      
-      
-      

-      
-      
(1,176)     
(5,718)   $ 

-      
-      

-      
-      

1,524  
–  

–  
5,386  

(262) 
-  
(23,982) 
1,356  
272,400  

1,128  
-  
11,085  

(486) 
4,134  
(1,176) 
287,085  

16  
-  

665  
14,315  

(934) 
(14,859) 
(725) 
285,563  

-       
(14,859 )     
-       
210,719     $ 

-      
-      
(725)     
(6,443)   $ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

62 

  
  
  
      
  
 
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Anika Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(in thousands) 

Years Ended December 31, 
2021 

2022 

2020 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net (loss) income .....................................................................................................................    $ 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities: 

Depreciation ........................................................................................................................      
Amortization of acquisition related intangible assets ..........................................................      
Amortization of acquisition related inventory step-up .........................................................      
Non-cash operating lease cost .............................................................................................      
Goodwill impairment charge ...............................................................................................      
Change in fair value of contingent consideration ................................................................      
Loss on disposal of fixed assets ...........................................................................................      
Loss on impairment of intangible asset ...............................................................................      
Stock-based compensation expense .....................................................................................      
Deferred income taxes .........................................................................................................      
Provision for doubtful accounts ...........................................................................................      
Provision for inventory ........................................................................................................      
Other ....................................................................................................................................      
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

Accounts receivable ........................................................................................................      
Inventories .......................................................................................................................      
Prepaid expenses, other current and long-term assets ......................................................      
Accounts payable ............................................................................................................      
Operating lease liabilities ................................................................................................      
Accrued expenses, other current and long-term liabilities ...............................................      
Income taxes ...................................................................................................................      
Payments of contingent consideration .............................................................................      
Net cash provided by operating activities ................................................................................      

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Acquisition of Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface, net of cash acquired .............................      
Proceeds from maturities of investments .............................................................................      
Purchases of investments .....................................................................................................      
Purchases of property and equipment ..................................................................................      
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities ..................................................................      

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Payments made on finance leases ........................................................................................      
Proceeds from long-term debt .............................................................................................      
Repayments of long-term debt .............................................................................................      
Proceeds from employee stock purchase program ...............................................................      
Cash paid for tax withheld on vested restricted stock awards ..............................................      
Proceeds from exercises of equity awards ...........................................................................      
Payments of contingent consideration .................................................................................      
Net cash used by financing activities .......................................................................................      

(14,859)   $ 

4,134    $ 

(23,982)

6,704      
7,783      
-      
1,850      
-      
-      
-      
-      
14,315      
(5,270)     
378      
5,329      
-      

(5,630)     
(6,873)     
(792)     
1,965      
(1,485)     
(443)     
1,437      
-      
4,409      

-      
-      
-      
(7,486)     
(7,486)     

(284)     
-      
-      
665      
(934)     
16      
(4,315)     
(4,852)     

6,480      
7,837      
6,465      
1,708      
-      
(21,095)     
993      
600      
11,085      
(1,766)     
64      
6,628      
(18)     

(6.216)     
(6,619)     
1,424      
(1,100)     
(1,626)     
3,510      
(1,311)     
(2,780)     
8,397      

(476)     
2,501      
-      
(5,143)     
(3,118)     

(201)     
-      
-      
-      
(486)     
1,128      
(7,220)     
(6,779)     

6,083  
7,381  
11,082  
1.531  
42,520  
(28,666)
265  
2,439  
5,386  
(3,543)
549  
5,490  
(12)

5,855  
(14,177)
(1,783)
822  
(1,439)
(142)
(2,072)
(522)
13,065  

(94,601)
45,000  
(20.035)
(1,628)
(71,264)

(208)
50,000  
(50,350)
-  
(262)
1,524  
(4,478)
(3,774)

Exchange rate impact on cash ..................................................................................................      

(130)     

69      

327  

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents .....................................................................................      
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period ...................................................................      
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period .............................................................................    $ 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: 

(8,059)     
94,386      
86,327    $ 

(1,431)     
95,817      
94,386    $ 

(61,646)
157,463  
95,817  

Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds ..........................................................................    $ 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities ..............................    $ 

106    $ 
11,703    $ 

1,233    $ 
220    $ 

993  
-  

Non-cash investing activities: 

Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable and accrued  

expenses ..........................................................................................................................    $ 
Consideration for acquisitions included in accounts payable and accrued expenses............    $ 
Contingent consideration fair value on acquisition date ......................................................      

108    $ 
-     $ 
0      

15    $ 
-     $ 
0      

17  
476  
69,076  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

63 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
         
        
  
      
         
        
  
      
         
        
  
  
      
         
        
  
      
         
        
  
  
      
         
        
  
      
         
        
  
  
      
         
        
  
  
      
         
        
  
      
         
        
  
      
         
        
  
  
   
 
 
Anika Therapeutics, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts or as otherwise noted) 

1. Nature of Business 

Anika  Therapeutics,  Inc.  (“the  Company”)  is  a  global  joint  preservation  company  that  creates  and  delivers  meaningful 
advancements in early intervention orthopedic care, including in the areas of osteoarthritis (“OA”) pain management, regenerative 
solutions, sports medicine and bone preserving joint solutions. 

In early 2020, the Company expanded its overall technology platform through its strategic acquisitions of Parcus Medical, LLC 
(“Parcus Medical”), a sports medicine implant and instrumentation company, and Arthrosurface Inc. (“Arthrosurface”), a company 
specializing in less invasive, bone preserving partial and total joint replacement solutions. These acquisitions broadened the Company's 
product portfolio, developed over its 30 years of expertise in hyaluronic acid technology, into joint preservation and restoration, added 
higher-growth revenue streams, increased its commercial capabilities, diversified its revenue base, and expanded its product pipeline 
and research and development expertise. 

The Company is subject to risks common to companies in the life sciences industry including, but not limited to, development 
by  the  Company  or  its  competitors  of  new  technological  innovations,  dependence  on  key  personnel,  protection  of  proprietary 
technology, commercialization of existing and new products, and compliance with U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and 
foreign regulations and approval requirements, as well as the ability to grow the Company’s business through appropriate commercial 
strategies. 

Since the global COVID pandemic began in 2020, there also continues to be increased volatility and uncertainty in the global 
macroeconomic environment, including staffing shortages, supply chain disruption, inflation and other direct and indirect impacts of 
the pandemic. 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of 
America  (“US  GAAP”)  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and 
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues 
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Principles of Consolidation 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Anika Therapeutics, Inc. and its wholly owned 
subsidiaries,  Anika  Securities, Inc.,  Anika  Therapeutics  S.r.l.  (“Anika  S.r.l.”),  Anika  Therapeutics  Limited,  Parcus  Medical  and 
Arthrosurface. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Foreign Currency Translation 

The functional currency of Anika S.r.l. is the Euro, and the functional currency of Anika Therapeutics Limited is the British 
Pound  Sterling. Assets  and  liabilities  of  the foreign  subsidiaries are translated  using  the exchange  rate  existing  on  each  respective 
balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates for the period. The translation adjustments 
resulting from this process are included in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 
which resulted in a gain (loss) from foreign currency translation of ($0.7) million, ($1.2) million, and $1.3 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively. 

Gains  and  losses  resulting  from  foreign  currency  transactions  are  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations. 
Recorded balances that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are remeasured to the functional currency 
using  the  exchange  rate  at  the  balance  sheet  date  and  gains  or  losses  are  recorded  in  the  statements  of  operations.  The  Company 
recognized a gain (loss) from foreign currency transactions of ($0.5) million, ($0.4) million, and $0.3 million during the years ended 
December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively 

64 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Accounts Receivable 

The Company estimates an allowance for credit losses with its accounts receivable resulting from the inability of its customers 
to  make  required  payments,  which  is  included  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  in  the  accompanying  consolidated 
statements  of  operations.  In  determining  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance,  management  specifically  analyzes  individual  accounts 
receivable, historical bad debts, customer concentrations, customer creditworthiness, current and reasonable and supportable forecasts 
of future economic conditions, accounts receivable aging trends, and changes in the Company’s customer payment terms. 

The components of the Company’s accounts receivables are as follows: 

Accounts Receivable .................................................    $ 
Allowance for credit losses .......................................      
Net balance, end of the year ......................................      

36,235     $ 
1,608       
34,627       

31,285   
1,442   
29,843   

As of December 31, 

2022 

2021 

A summary of activity in the allowance for credit losses is as follows: 

As of December 31, 

2022 

2021 

2020 

Balance, beginning of the year ..........................    $ 
Amounts provided .........................................      
Amounts recovered .......................................      
Amounts written off ......................................      
Translation adjustments ................................      
Balance, end of the year ....................................    $ 

1,442     $ 
554       
(180 )     
(158 )     
(50 )     
1,608     $ 

1,523     $ 
156       
(92 )     
(73 )     
(72 )     
1,442     $ 

962   
635   
(86 ) 
(78 ) 
90   
1,523   

Revenue Recognition  

Pursuant  to  Accounting  Standard  Codification  606,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (“ASC  606”),  the  Company 
recognizes revenue when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services. The amount of revenue that is recorded reflects 
the consideration that the Company expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. The Company applies the following 
five-step model in order to determine this amount: (i) identification of the promised goods or services in the contract; (ii) determination 
of whether the promised goods or services are performance obligations, including whether they are capable of being distinct or distinct 
in  the  context  of  the  contract;  (iii)  measurement  of  the  transaction  price,  including  the  constraint  on  variable  consideration;  (iv) 
allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations; and (v) recognition of revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies 
each performance obligation. 

Revenue 

The  Company  generates  sales  principally  through  three  types  of  customers:  (i)  commercial  partnerships  (ii)  hospitals  and 

ambulatory surgical centers (“ASCs”), and (iii) distributors, referred to as the distribution model. 

For  commercial  partnership  sales,  the  Company  sells  its  products  directly  to  these  partners,  who  perform  most  of  the 
downstream sales and marketing activities to customers and end-users. These arrangements may include the grant of certain licenses, 
performance of development services, and the supply of product. The Company’s largest such customer, DePuy Synthes Mitek Sports 
Medicine, a division of DePuy Orthopedics, Inc., part of the Johnson & Johnson Medical Companies (“Mitek”), represented 43%, 45% 
and  49%  of  total  revenues  for  the  years-ended  December  31,  2022,  2021  and  2020  respectively.  The  Company  completed  the 
performance obligations related to granted licenses and development services under the agreements with Mitek prior to 2016 and has 
no  remaining  material  performance  obligations.  The  Company  recognizes  revenue  from  product  sales  when  the  customer  obtains 
control of the Company’s product, which typically occurs upon shipment to the customer. Commercial partnership agreements may 
also include sales-based royalties and milestones. As the Company considered the license to be the predominant item to which the 
royalties relate for these agreements, sales-based royalties and milestones are only recognized when the later of the underlying sale 
occurs or the performance obligation to which the sales-based royalty has been satisfied (or partially satisfied). This is generally in the 
same period that the Company’s licensees complete their product sales in their territory, for which the Company is contractually entitled 
to a percentage-based royalty. The Company records royalty revenues based on estimated net sales of licensed products as reported to 
the Company by its commercial partners. The differences between actual and estimated royalty revenues have not been material and 
are typically adjusted in the following quarter when the actual amounts are known. Revenue from sales-based royalties is included in 
revenue in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company’s certain supply agreements represent a promise to deliver products 
at the customer’s discretion that are considered distributor options. The Company assesses if these options provide a material right to 
the  licensee,  and  if  so,  they  are  accounted  for  as  separate  performance  obligations.  Substantially  all  of  the  Company’s  supply 
agreements do not provide options that are considered material rights. 

65 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
For sales to hospitals and ASCs, which generally pairs in-house sales representatives with local or regional distributors, the 
inventory is generally consigned so that products are available when needed for surgical procedures. No revenue is recognized upon 
the  placement  of  inventory  into  consignment,  as  the  Company  retains  the  ability  to  control  the  inventory.  Revenue  is  typically 
recognized as of the date of surgical implantation of the product. 

For  distributor  sales,  the  Company  sells  its  products  principally  to  distributors,  generally  outside  the  United  States,  who 
subsequently resell the products to sub-distributors and health care providers, among others. The Company recognizes revenue from 
product sales when the distributor obtains control of the Company’s product, which typically occurs upon shipment to the distributor, 
in  return  for  agreed-upon,  fixed-price  consideration.  Performance  obligations  are  generally  settled  quickly  after  purchase  order 
acceptance; therefore, the value of unsatisfied performance obligations at the end of any reporting period is generally insignificant. The 
Company sells to a diversified base of distributors and, therefore, believes there is no material concentration of credit risk. 

The Company’s payment terms are consistent with prevailing practice in the respective markets in which the Company does 
business. Most of the Company’s customers make payments based on contract terms, which are not affected by contingent events that 
could  impact  the  transaction  price.  Payment  terms  fall  within  the  one-year  guidance  for  the  practical  expedient,  which  allows  the 
Company to forgo adjustment of the contractual payment amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component. 

Some  of  the  Company’s  distributor  agreements  have  volume-based  discounts  with  tiered  pricing  which  are  generally 
prospective in nature. These prospective discounts together with any free-of-charge sample units offered are evaluated as potential 
material  rights. If  the  prospective  discounts  or  free-of-charge  sample  units  are  considered  material  rights,  these would  be  separate 
performance obligations and a portion of the sales transaction price is allocated to the material right. Revenue allocated to the material 
right is recognized when the additional goods are transferred to the customer or when the option expires. During 2022 and 2021, the 
consideration allocated to material rights was not significant. 

The Company receives payments from its customers based on billing schedules established in each contract. Up-front payments 
and fees are recorded as deferred revenue upon receipt or when due and may require deferral of revenue recognition to a future period 
until the Company performs its obligations under these arrangements. Amounts are recorded as accounts receivable when its right to 
consideration is unconditional. Deferred revenue was $0 and $1.0 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. 

Generally, customer contracts contain Free on Board (“FOB”) or Ex-Works shipping point terms where the customer pays the 
shipping company directly for all shipping and handling costs. In those contracts in which the Company pays for the shipping and 
handling, the associated costs are generally recorded along with the product sale at the time of shipment in cost of revenue when control 
over the products has transferred to the customer. Value-add and other taxes collected by the Company concurrently with revenue-
producing activities are excluded from revenue. The Company’s general product warranty does not extend beyond an assurance that 
the product or services delivered will be consistent with stated contractual specifications, which does not create a separate performance 
obligation. The Company recognizes the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred as the amortization 
period of the assets that the Company otherwise would have recognized is one year or less in accordance with the practical expedient 
in paragraph ASC 340-40-25-4. These costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses. 

Licensing, Milestone and Contract Revenue 

The agreements with Mitek include variable consideration such as contingent development and regulatory milestones. Since 
2016, there have been no remaining regulatory milestones related to the Mitek agreements. In general, variable consideration is included 
in the transaction price only to the extent a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized is not probable to occur. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents  

The Company considers only those investments which are highly liquid, readily convertible to cash, and that mature within 90 

days from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company’s cash equivalents consist of money market funds. 

66 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Investments 

All of the Company’s investments are classified as available-for-sale which consist of U.S. treasury bills and are carried at fair 
value with unrealized gains and losses recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of related 
income taxes. For securities sold prior to maturity, the cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Realized 
gains and losses on the sale of investments are recorded in interest and other income, net. Interest is recorded when earned. Investments 
with original maturities greater than approximately three months and remaining maturities less than one year are classified as short-
term investments. Investments with remaining maturities greater than one year are classified as long-term investments. The Company 
had no investments as of December 31, 2022 or December 31, 2021. 

All  of  the  Company’s  investments  are  subject  to  a  periodic  impairment  review.  For  available-for-sale  debt  securities  in  an 
unrealized loss position, the Company first assesses whether (i) the Company intends to sell, or (ii) it is more likely than not that the 
Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either case is affirmative, any previously 
recognized allowances are charged-off and the security's amortized cost is written down to fair value through earnings. If neither case 
is affirmative, the security is evaluated to determine whether the decline in fair value has resulted from credit losses or other factors. 

Any impairment that has not been recorded through an allowance for credit losses is recognized in other comprehensive income. 
Adjustments to the allowance are reported in the consolidated statement of operations as a component of credit loss expense. Available-
for-sale securities are charged-off against the allowance or, in the absence of any allowance, written down through earnings when 
deemed uncollectible by management or when either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met. 

During  the  years  ended December 31,  2022,  2021  and  2020,  the  Company  did  not  record  any  impairment  charges  on  its 
available-for-sale securities because it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell these securities before the 
recovery of their cost basis. 

Concentration of Credit Risk  

The Company has no significant off-balance sheet risks related to foreign exchange contracts, option contracts, or other foreign 
hedging arrangements. The Company’s cash equivalents and investments are held with two major international financial institutions. 

The Company, by policy, routinely assesses the financial strength of its customers. As a result, the Company believes that its 

accounts receivable credit risk exposure is limited. 

As  of  December 31,  2022 and  2021,  Mitek  represented  47%  and  41%,  respectively,  of  the  Company’s accounts  receivable 

balance. No other single customer accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable in either period. 

Inventories 

Inventories are primarily stated at the lower of standard cost and net realizable value, with cost determined using the first-in, 
first-out  method.  Work-in-process  and  finished  goods  inventories  include  materials,  labor,  and  certain  manufacturing  overhead. 
Manufacturing variances attributable to abnormally low production are expensed in the period incurred.   

The Company’s policy is to write down inventory when conditions exist that suggest inventory may be in excess of anticipated 
demand or is obsolete based upon assumptions about future demand for the Company’s products and market conditions. The Company 
regularly evaluates the ability to realize the value of inventory based on a combination of factors including, but not limited to, historical 
usage rates, forecasted sales or usage, product end of life dates, and estimated current or future market values. Purchasing requirements 
and alternative usage avenues are explored within these processes to mitigate inventory exposure. 

When recorded, inventory write-downs are intended to reduce the carrying value of inventory to its net realizable value. If 
actual  demand  for  the  Company’s  products  deteriorates,  or  if  market  conditions  are  less  favorable than  those  projected,  additional 
inventory write-downs may be required. Other long-term assets include inventory expected to remain on hand beyond one year. 

Leases 

At  the  inception  of  an  arrangement,  the  Company  determines  whether  the  arrangement  is  or  contains  a  lease  based  on  the 
circumstances present and evaluates whether the lease is an operating lease or a finance lease at the commencement date. Operating 
and finance leases with a term greater than one year are recognized on the consolidated balance sheet as right-of-use assets, lease 
liabilities, and, if applicable, long-term lease liabilities. The Company includes renewal options to extend the lease in the lease term 
where it is reasonably certain that it will exercise these options. Operating and finance lease liabilities and the corresponding right-of-
use assets are recorded based on the present values of lease payments over the lease terms. The Company elected an accounting policy 
to  combine  the  non-lease  components  (which  include  common  area  maintenance,  taxes  and  insurance)  with  the  related  lease 
component.  The  interest  rate  implicit  in  lease  contracts  is  typically  not  readily  determinable.  As  such,  the  Company  utilizes  the 
appropriate incremental borrowing rates, which are the rates that would be incurred to borrow on a collateralized basis, over similar 
terms, amounts equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment. Variable payments that do not depend on a rate or 
index are not included in the lease liability and are recognized as incurred. Lease contracts do not include residual value guarantees 
nor do they include restrictions or other covenants. Certain adjustments to the right-of-use assets may be required for items such as 

67 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
initial  direct  costs  paid,  incentives  received  or  lease  prepayments.  If  significant  events,  changes  in  circumstances,  or  other  events 
indicate that the lease term or other inputs have changed, the Company would reassess lease classification, remeasure the finance and 
operating lease liabilities by using revised inputs as of the reassessment date, and adjust the right-of-use asset. Operating lease expense 
is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Finance lease expense is recognized based on the effective-interest method 
over the lease term. 

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, 

which are typically: 

Asset 
Computer equipment and software ........      
Furniture and fixtures ............................      
Equipment ..............................................      
Leasehold improvements .......................      

Estimated useful life 
(in years) 
3 - 10 
5 - 7 
5 - 20 

Shorter of useful life or term of lease 

Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred; additions and improvements are capitalized. Fully depreciated 
assets are retained in the accounts until they are no longer used and no further charge for depreciation is made in respect of these assets. 
When an item is sold, retired or removed from service, the cost and related accumulated depreciation is relieved, and the resulting gain 
or loss, if any, is recognized in income. 

Construction-in-process assets are stated at cost, which includes the cost of construction and other direct costs attributable to 
the construction. Construction-in-process assets are not depreciated until such time as the relevant assets are completed and put into 
use. 

Goodwill and IPR&D Assets 

Goodwill is the amount by which the purchase price of acquired net assets in a business combination exceeded the fair values 
of net identifiable assets on the date of acquisition. Acquired In-Process Research and Development (“IPR&D”) represents the fair 
value assigned to research and development assets that the Company acquires that have not been completed at the date of acquisition 
or are pending regulatory approval in certain jurisdictions. The value assigned to the acquired IPR&D is determined by estimating the 
costs to develop the acquired technology into commercially viable products, estimating the resulting revenue from the projects, and 
discounting the net cash flows to present value.   

Goodwill and IPR&D are not amortized but are evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in 
circumstances  indicate  that  the  asset  might  be  impaired.  The  goodwill  impairment  assessment  is  performed  by  reporting  unit.  A 
reporting unit is the operating segment, or a business one level below that operating segment (the component level) if discrete financial 
information is prepared and regularly reviewed by segment management. However, components are aggregated as a single reporting 
unit  if  they  have  similar  economic  characteristics.  The  Company  has  two  reporting  units:  the  legacy  Anika  reporting  unit,  which 
specializes in therapies based on its hyaluronic acid, or HA, technology platform, and a newly formed reporting unit established in 
2020 upon the acquisitions of Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface. Factors that the Company considers important, on an overall company 
basis, that could trigger an impairment review include significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating 
results, significant changes in the Company’s use of the acquired assets or the strategy for its overall business, significant negative 
industry or economic trends, a significant decline in the Company’s stock price for a sustained period, or a reduction of its market 
capitalization relative to net book value. 

68 

   
  
  
  
  
 
      
      
 
  
 
      
      
 
  
 
      
      
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Under U.S. GAAP, the Company has the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine if it is necessary to perform 
the impairment test. If the Company concludes, based on a qualitative assessment, it is not more likely than not that the Goodwill or 
the IPR&D asset is impaired, the Company is not required to perform the quantitative test. The Company has an unconditional option 
to bypass the qualitative assessment in any period and proceed directly to the quantitative impairment test. 

To conduct quantitative impairment tests of goodwill, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If 
the reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, the Company records an impairment loss to the extent that the carrying value 
of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, not to exceed the recorded amount of goodwill. The Company recorded a non-cash goodwill 
impairment charge with respect to the newly formed reporting unit amounted to $42.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. 
Please see Note 8, Goodwill for further details. 

The  Company  performed  a  qualitative  annual  assessment  for  impairment  of  the  remaining  goodwill  with  respect  to  legacy 
Anika reporting unit as of November 30, 2022, including consideration of (i) general macroeconomic factors, (ii) industry and market 
conditions, and (iii) the extent of the excess of the fair value over the carrying value indicated in prior impairment testing. Accordingly, 
the Company determined it was not more likely than not that the fair value of the legacy Anika reporting unit is less than its carrying 
amount and thus goodwill was not impaired as of November 30, 2022. 

To conduct impairment tests of IPR&D, the fair value of the IPR&D project is compared to its carrying value. If the carrying 
value exceeds its fair value, the Company records an impairment loss to the extent that the carrying value of the IPR&D project exceeds 
its fair value. The Company estimates the fair value for IPR&D using the income approach, which is based on the Multi-Period Excess 
Earnings Method (“MPEEM”). MPEEM measures economic benefit indirectly by calculating the income attributable to an asset after 
appropriate returns are paid to complementary assets used in conjunction with the subject asset to produce the earnings associated with 
the subject asset, commonly referred to as contributory asset charges. This approach incorporates significant estimates and assumptions 
related  to  the  forecasted  results  including  revenues,  expenses,  expected  economic  life  of  the  asset,  contributory  asset  charges  and 
discount rates to estimate future cash flows. 

Long-Lived Assets 

Long-lived assets primarily include property and equipment and intangible assets with finite lives. The Company’s intangible 
assets are comprised of purchased developed technologies, patents, trade names, customer relationships and distributor relationships. 
These intangible assets are carried at cost, net of accumulated amortization. Amortization is recorded on a straight-line basis over the 
intangible  assets'  useful  lives,  which  range  from approximately  five to sixteen years.  The  Company  reviews  long-lived  assets  for 
impairment  when  events  or  changes  in  business  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  the  assets  may  not  be  fully 
recoverable or that the useful lives of those assets are no longer appropriate. Each impairment test is based on a comparison of the 
undiscounted cash flows to the recorded value of the asset. If impairment is indicated, the asset is written down to its estimated fair 
value based on a discounted cash flow analysis. 

In determining the useful lives of intangible assets, the Company considers the expected use of the assets and the effects of 
obsolescence, demand, competition, anticipated technological advances, changes in surgical techniques, market influences and other 
economic  factors.  For  technology-based  intangible  assets,  the  Company  considers  the  expected  life  cycles  of  products,  absent 
unforeseen technological advances, which incorporate the corresponding technology. 

Fair Value Measurements 

Fair  value  is  defined  as  the  price  that  would  be  received  from  selling  an  asset,  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability,  in  an  orderly 
transaction  between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date.  When  determining  the  fair  value  measurements  for  assets  and 
liabilities required to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would 
transact and considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer 
restrictions, and risk of non-performance. The accounting standard establishes a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize 
the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. 

A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant 

to the fair value measurement. Three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value are: 

•  Level 1 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets. Level 1 instruments include

securities traded on active exchange markets, such as the New York Stock Exchange. 

•  Level 2 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices, unadjusted, for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical
or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions
are directly observable in the market. 

69 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
•  Level 3 – Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market.
These unobservable assumptions reflect the Company’s own estimates of assumptions market participants would use in pricing
the instrument. 

The  Company’s  financial  assets  have  been  classified  as  Level  1.  The  Company’s  financial  assets  (which  include  cash 
equivalents and investments) have been initially valued at the transaction price and subsequently valued, at the end of each reporting 
period,  utilizing  third  party  pricing  services.  The  Company’s  financial  liabilities  have  been  classified  as  Level  3.  The  Company’s 
financial liabilities (which include contingent considerations as discussed in Note 4 – Fair Value Measurements) have been initially 
valued at the transaction price and subsequently valued, at the end of each reporting period, utilizing a third-party valuation specialist. 

Research and Development 

Research and development costs consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for personnel, clinical trial expenses and fees 

paid to outside consultants and outside service providers. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

The  Company  has  stock-based  compensation  plans  under  which it  grants  various  types  of equity-based awards,  the cost  of 
which  is  based  on  the  grant-date  fair  value  of  the  underlying  award  and  recognized  over  the  period  during  which  an  employee  is 
required to provide service in exchange for the award, which is generally the vesting period. 

For performance-equity awards with market-based conditions, compensation cost is measured at the date of the award and is 
recorded  over  the  vesting  period,  regardless  of  the  likelihood  of  achievement  of  the  market-based  performance  criteria.  For 
performance-based  equity  awards  with  financial  and  business  milestone  achievement  targets,  compensation  cost  is  based  on  the 
probable outcome of the performance conditions. Changes to the probability assessment and the estimated shares expected to vest will 
result  in  adjustments  to  the  related  stock-based  compensation  expense  that  will  be  recorded  in  the  period  of  the  change.  If  the 
performance  targets  are  not  achieved,  no  compensation  cost  is  recognized,  and  any  previously  recognized  compensation  cost  is 
reversed. 

See Note 14, Equity Incentive Plan, for a description of the types of stock-based awards granted, the compensation expense 

related to such awards, and detail of equity-based awards outstanding. 

Income Taxes 

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets, or 
DTAs, and deferred tax liabilities, or DTLs, for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial 
statements. Under this method, we determine DTAs and DTLs based on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases 
of assets and liabilities by using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a 
change in tax rates on DTAs and DTLs is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. 

We recognize DTAs to the extent that we believe that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a 
determination,  we  consider  all  available  positive  and  negative  evidence,  including  future  reversals  of  existing  taxable  temporary 
differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, carryback potential if permitted under the tax law, and results of 
recent operations. 

We record uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) 
we determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position 
and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, we recognize the largest amount of tax benefit 
that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. Interest and penalties associated 
with income tax filings are recorded in income tax expense. 

Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss), which includes foreign 
currency  translation  adjustments.  For  the  purposes  of  comprehensive  income  (loss)  disclosures,  the  Company  does  not  record  tax 
provisions  or  benefits  for  the  net  changes  in  the  foreign  currency  translation  adjustment,  as  it  intends  to  indefinitely  reinvest 
undistributed  earnings  of  its  foreign  subsidiary.  Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  is  reported  as  a  component  of 
stockholders' equity. 

Segment Information 

Operating segments are components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated 
regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing 
performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is its President and Chief Executive Officer as of December 31, 2022. 
Based on the criteria established by ASC 280, Segment Reporting, the Company has one operating and reportable segment. 

70 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Contingencies 

In the normal course of business, the Company is involved from time-to-time in various legal proceedings and other matters 
such as contractual disputes, which are complex in nature and have outcomes that are difficult to predict. The Company records accruals 
for loss contingencies to the extent that it concludes that it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the related 
loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company considers all relevant factors when making assessments regarding these contingencies. 
Although the outcomes of any potential legal proceedings are inherently difficult to predict, the Company does not expect the resolution 
of any potential legal proceedings to have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations, or cash flow. 

Recent Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

No new accounting pronouncements issued or effective during the period had, or are expected to have, a material impact on the 

consolidated financial statements. 

3. Business Combinations 

Parcus Medical, LLC 

On January 24, 2020, the Company completed the acquisition of Parcus Medical pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and 
Plan of Merger, dated as of January 4, 2020 (the “Parcus Medical Merger Agreement”), by and among the Company, Parcus Medical, 
the Unitholder Representative, and Sunshine Merger Sub LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company and a wholly owned subsidiary 
of the Company. At the closing date, Parcus Medical became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Parcus Medical is a sports 
medicine implant and instrumentation solutions provider focused on surgical repair and reconstruction of soft tissue. 

The acquisition of Parcus Medical has been accounted for as a business combination under ASC 805, Business Combinations 
(“ASC 805”). Under ASC 805, assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination are recorded at their fair value as of 
the  acquisition  date.  The  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  include  results  of  operations  for  Parcus  Medical  from  the 
January 24, 2020 acquisition date. 

Consideration Transferred 

Pursuant  to  the  Parcus  Medical  Merger  Agreement,  the  Company  acquired  all  outstanding  equity  of  Parcus  Medical  for 

estimated total purchase consideration of $75.1 million, as of January 24, 2020 which consisted of: 

Cash consideration ................................................................................................    $ 
Deferred consideration ..........................................................................................      
Estimated fair value of contingent consideration ..................................................      
Estimated total purchase consideration .................................................................    $ 

32,794   
1,642   
40,700   
75,136   

71 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Pursuant to the Parcus Medical Merger Agreement, contingent consideration represents additional payments that the Company 
may be required to make in the future could total up to $60.0 million depending on the level of net sales of Parcus Medical products 
generated from 2020 through 2022. 

The fair value of contingent consideration related to net sales as of January 24, 2020 was determined based on a Monte Carlo 
simulation model in an option pricing framework at the acquisition date, whereby a range of possible scenarios were simulated. There 
also was deferred consideration related to certain purchase price holdbacks, which was resolved within one year of the acquisition date 
in accordance with the Parcus Merger. The liability for contingent and deferred consideration is included in current and long-term 
liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and will be remeasured at each reporting period until the contingency is resolved. During 
the three months ended September 30, 2022, the Company paid contingent consideration of $4.3 million related to net sales of Parcus 
Medical products earned in 2021 that was recorded in contingent consideration at December 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2022, there 
were no milestones remaining. 

Acquisition-related costs are not included as a component of consideration transferred but are expensed in the periods in which 
the costs are incurred. The Company incurred approximately $1.9 million in transaction costs related to the Parcus Medical acquisition 
during the three-month period ending March 31, 2020. The transaction costs have been included in selling, general and administrative 
expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. 

Fair Value of Net Assets Acquired 

The estimate of fair value as of the acquisition date required the use of significant assumptions and estimates. Critical estimates 
included, but were not limited to, future expected cash flows, including projected revenues and expenses, and the applicable discount 
rates. These estimates were based on assumptions that the Company believes to be reasonable, however, actual results may differ from 
these estimates. 

The allocation of purchase price to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed was based on estimates of fair value 

as of January 24, 2020, and is as follows: 

Recognized identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed: 

Cash and cash equivalents ................................................................................    $ 
Accounts receivable ..........................................................................................      
Inventories ........................................................................................................      
Prepaid expenses and other current assets.........................................................      
Property and equipment, net .............................................................................      
Right-of-use assets ............................................................................................      
Intangible assets ................................................................................................      
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities .....................      
Other long-term liabilities .................................................................................      
Lease liabilities .................................................................................................      
Net assets acquired ...........................................................................................      
Goodwill ...........................................................................................................      
Estimated total purchase consideration .............................................................    $ 

196   
2,029   
10,968   
364   
1,099   
944   
44,000   
(2,763 ) 
(594 ) 
(735 ) 
55,508   
19,628   
75,136   

The acquired intangible assets based on estimates of fair value as of January 24, 2020 are as follows: 

Developed technology ..........................................................................................    $ 
Trade name ...........................................................................................................      
Customer relationships .........................................................................................      
Total acquired intangible assets ............................................................................    $ 

41,100   
1,800   
1,100   
44,000   

The fair value of the developed technology intangible assets has been estimated using the multi-period excess earnings method, 
which is based on the principle that the value of an intangible asset is equal to the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows 
attributable to the asset, after charges for other assets employed by the business. The fair value of the customer relationships has been 
estimated using the avoided costs/lost profits method, which is based on the principle that the value of an intangible asset is based on 
consideration of the total costs that would be avoided by having this asset in place. The fair value of the trade name has been estimated 
using the relief from royalty method of the income approach, which is based on the principle that the value of an intangible asset is 
equal to the present value of the after-tax royalty savings attributable to owning the intangible asset. Key estimates and assumptions 
used in these models are projected revenues and expenses related to the asset, estimated contributory asset charges, estimated costs to 
recreate the asset, and a risk-adjusted discount rate used to calculate the present value of the future expected cash inflows or cash 
outflows avoided from the asset. 

72 

  
  
  
  
  
  
       
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
The fair value of developed technology will be amortized over a useful life of 15 years, the fair value of customer relationships 

over 10 years, and the fair value of the trade name over 5 years. 

The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill and assigned to the 
reporting unit for Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface. The goodwill is attributable to the workforce of the business and the value of 
future technologies expected to arise after the acquisition. Goodwill will not be amortized and is expected to be deductible for income 
tax purposes as the acquisition of the limited liability company is an asset purchase for tax purposes. See Note 8, Goodwill, for further 
discussion. 

Arthrosurface, Inc. 

On February 3, 2020, the Company completed the acquisition of Arthrosurface pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and 
Plan of Merger, dated as of January 4, 2020 (the “Arthrosurface Merger Agreement”), by and among the Company, Arthrosurface, the 
Stockholder Representative, and Button Merger Sub, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. At the 
closing  date,  Arthrosurface  became  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company.  Arthrosurface  is  a  joint  preservation  technology 
company specializing in less invasive, bone-preserving partial and total joint replacement solutions. 

The acquisition of Arthrosurface has been accounted for as  a business combination under ASC 805. Under ASC 805, assets 
acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  in  a  business  combination  are  recorded  at  their  fair  values  as  of  the  acquisition  date.  Anika’s 
consolidated financial statements include results of operations for Arthrosurface from the February 3, 2020 acquisition date. 

Consideration Transferred 

Pursuant to the Arthrosurface Merger Agreement, the Company acquired all outstanding equity of Arthrosurface for estimated 

total purchase consideration of $90.3 million, as of February 3, 2020 which consisted of: 

Cash consideration ................................................................................................    $ 
Estimated fair value of contingent consideration ..................................................      
Estimated total purchase consideration .................................................................    $ 

61,909   
28,376   
90,285   

Pursuant to the Arthrosurface Merger Agreement, the Company could be required to make future payments of up to $40.0 
million depending on the achievement of regulatory milestones and the level of net sales of Arthrosurface products from 2020 through 
2021. The fair value of contingent consideration related to regulatory milestones as of February 3, 2020 was determined through a 
scenario-based discounted cash flow analysis using scenario probabilities and regulatory milestone dates. The fair value of contingent 
consideration related to net sales achievement as of February 3, 2020 was determined based upon a Monte Carlo simulation approach 
at acquisition date, whereby a range of possible scenarios were simulated. The Company paid $5.0 million in October 2020 and $10.0 
million  in  July  2021  based  upon  the  achievement  of  two  distinct  regulatory  milestones.  As  of  December  31,  2022,  there  were  no 
milestones remaining. 

Acquisition-related costs are not included as a component of consideration transferred but are expensed in the periods in which 
the costs are incurred. The Company incurred approximately $2.2 million in transaction costs related to the Arthrosurface acquisition 
during the three-month period ending March 31, 2020. The transaction costs have been included in selling, general and administrative 
expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. 

Fair Value of Net Assets Acquired 

The estimate of fair value required the use of significant assumptions and estimates. Critical estimates included, but were not 
limited to, future expected cash flows, including projected revenues and expenses, and the applicable discount rates. These estimates 
were based on assumptions that the Company believes to be reasonable. However, actual results may differ from these estimates. 

73 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
The allocation of purchase price to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed was based on estimates of fair value 

as of February 3, 2020, as follows: 

Recognized identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed: 

Cash and cash equivalents ................................................................................    $ 
Accounts receivable ..........................................................................................      
Inventories ........................................................................................................      
Prepaid expenses and other current assets.........................................................      
Property, plant and equipment ..........................................................................      
Other long-term assets ......................................................................................      
Intangible assets ................................................................................................      
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities .................................      
Deferred tax liabilities ......................................................................................      
Net assets acquired ...........................................................................................      
Goodwill ...........................................................................................................      
Estimated total purchase consideration .............................................................    $ 

Intangible assets acquired consist of: 

Developed technology ......................................................................................    $ 
Trade name .......................................................................................................      
Customer relationships .....................................................................................      
IPR&D ..............................................................................................................      
Total acquired intangible assets ........................................................................    $ 

1,072   
5,368   
15,652   
535   
3,394   
7,548   
48,900   
(3,929 ) 
(11,147 ) 
67,393   
22,892   
90,285   

37,000   
3,400   
7,900   
600   
48,900   

The fair value of the developed technology intangible assets has been estimated using the multi-period excess earnings method, 
which is based on the principle that the value of an intangible asset is equal to the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flow 
attributable to the asset, after charges for other assets employed by the business. The fair value of the customer relationships has been 
estimated using the avoided costs/lost profits method, which is based on the principle that the value of an intangible asset is based on 
consideration of the total costs that would be avoided by having this asset in place. The fair value of the trade name has been estimated 
using the relief from royalty method of the income approach, which is based on the principle that the value of an intangible asset is 
equal to the present value of the after-tax royalty savings attributable to owning the intangible asset. Key estimates and assumptions 
used in these models are projected revenues and expenses related to the asset, estimated contributory asset charges, estimated costs to 
recreate the asset, and a risk-adjusted discount rate used to calculate the present value of the future expected cash inflows or cash 
outflows avoided from the asset. 

The fair value of developed technology that will be amortized over an estimated useful life of 15 years, the fair value of customer 
relationships over 10 years, and the fair value of trade names over 5 years. A total of $0.6 million represents the fair value of IPR&D 
with an indefinite useful life which was impaired during the quarter ended December 31, 2021. See Note 7, Acquired Intangible Assets, 
Net, for further discussion. 

The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill and assigned to the 
newly established reporting unit for Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface. The goodwill is attributable to the workforce of the business 
and the value of future technologies expected to arise after the acquisition. Goodwill will not be amortized and is not expected to be 
deductible for income tax purposes as the acquisition of the corporation is a stock purchase for tax purposes. See Note 8, Goodwill, for 
further discussion. 

Pro forma Information 

The Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface acquisitions were both completed in the first quarter of 2020. Both acquired companies 
have similar businesses with all of their products in the Joint Preservation and Restoration product family, serving orthopedic surgeons, 
ambulatory surgical centers and hospitals. The Company has combined legacy Anika, Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface pro forma 
supplemental information as follows. 

The  unaudited  pro  forma  information  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  was  calculated after  applying  the  Company’s 
accounting  policies  and  the  impact  of  acquisition  date  fair  value  adjustments.  The  pro  forma  financial  information  presents  the 
combined results of operations of Anika, Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface as if the acquisitions had occurred on January 1, 2019 after 
giving effect to certain pro forma adjustments. The pro forma adjustments reflected herein include only those adjustments that are 
factually supportable and directly attributable to the acquisitions. 

These  pro  forma  adjustments  include:  (i)  a  net  increase  in  amortization  expense  to  record  amortization  expense  for  the 
aforementioned acquired identifiable intangible assets, (ii) an adjustment to cost of revenue based on the preliminary inventory step-
up and the anticipated inventory turnover, (iii) a net decrease in interest expense as a result of eliminating interest expense and interest 
income related to borrowings that were settled in accordance with the respective Parcus Medical Merger Agreement and Arthrosurface 

74 

  
       
  
  
       
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Merger Agreement, (iv) an adjustment to record the acquisition-related transaction costs in the period required, and (v) the tax effect 
of the pro forma adjustments using the anticipated effective tax rate. The effective tax rate of the combined company could be materially 
different from the effective rate presented in this unaudited pro forma combined financial information. As a result of the transaction, 
the combined company may be subject to annual limitations on its ability to utilize pre-acquisition net operating loss carryforwards to 
offset future taxable income. The amount of the annual limitation is determined based on the value of Anika immediately prior to the 
acquisition. As further information becomes available, any such adjustment described above could be material to the amounts presented 
in the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements. The pro forma information does not purport to be indicative of the results 
of operations that actually would have resulted had the combination occurred at the beginning of each period presented, or of future 
results of the consolidated entities. 

The following table presents unaudited supplemental pro forma information: 

Total revenue .......................................................................................................    $ 
Net loss ................................................................................................................    $ 

134,410   
(22,984 ) 

Year Ended 
December 31, 
2020  

4. Fair Value Measurements 

There were no available-for-sale securities as of December 31, 2022 and 2021. 

The Company’s investments are all classified within Levels 1 of the fair value hierarchy and are valued based on quoted prices 
in active markets. For cash, current receivables, accounts payable, and interest accrual, the carrying amounts approximate fair value, 
because of the short maturity of these instruments, and therefore fair value information is not included in the table below. Contingent 
consideration related to the previously described business combinations are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as the 
determination of fair value uses considerable judgement and represents the Company’s best estimate of an amount that could be realized 
in a market exchange for the asset or liability.  

The classification of the Company’s cash equivalents and investments within the fair value hierarchy is as follows: 

December 31, 
2022 

     Active Markets     
for Identical 
Assets (Level 1)     

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs (Level 2)     

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs (Level 3)      Amortized Cost   

Cash equivalents: 

Money Market Funds .................    $ 

67,801     $ 

67,801     $ 

-     $ 

-     $ 

67,801   

December 31, 
2021 

     Active Markets     
for Identical 
Assets (Level 1)     

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs (Level 2)     

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs (Level 3)      Amortized Cost   

Cash equivalents: 

Money Market Funds .................    $ 

67,046     $ 

67,046     $ 

-     $ 

-     $ 

67,046   

Other current and long-term 

liabilities: 
Contingent Consideration - 

Short Term ..............................    $ 

4,315     $ 

-     $ 

-     $ 

4,315     $ 

-   

There were no transfers between fair value levels in 2022 or 2021. 

75 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
      
  
  
  
  
    
       
         
         
         
         
  
  
  
    
  
    
      
  
  
  
  
    
       
         
         
         
         
  
  
       
         
         
         
         
  
       
         
         
         
         
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Contingent Consideration 

The following table provides a roll forward of the contingent consideration related to business acquisitions discussed in Note 

3, Business Combinations. 

Years Ended December 31 

2022 

2021 

Balance, beginning January 1 ...............................................    $ 
Additions ..............................................................................      
Payments ...............................................................................      
Change in fair value ..............................................................      
Balance, ending December 31 ..............................................    $ 

4,315     $ 
-       
(4,315 )     
-       
-     $ 

35,410   
-   
(10,000 ) 
(21,095 ) 
4,315   

Under the Parcus Medical Merger Agreement and Arthrosurface Merger Agreement, there were earn-out milestones totaling 
up to $100 million payable from 2020 to 2022. Parcus Medical had net sales earn-out milestones annually from 2020 to 2022, while 
Arthrosurface had both regulatory and net sales earn-out milestones annually in 2020 and 2021. 

In order to determine the fair value of contingent consideration at each reporting date, the projected contingent payment amounts 
were discounted back to the current period using a discounted cash flow model or a Monte Carlo simulation approach. The unobservable 
inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s contingent consideration are the probabilities of successful achievement, 
the net sales estimates, the weighted average cost of capital used for the Monte Carlo simulation, discount rate and the periods in which 
the milestones are expected to be achieved. The discount rates used for the net sales earn-out milestone ranged from 3.1% - 3.4%. The 
weighted average cost of capital for Parcus Medical decreased from 11.4% as of December 31, 2020 to 11.3% as of December 31, 
2021.  The  weighted  average  cost  of  capital  for  Arthrosurface  was  11.4%  as  of  December  31,  2020.  Increases  or  decreases  in  the 
discount rate would result in a lower or higher fair value measurement, respectively. 

As of December 31, 2021, a net sales growth milestone with respect to the Parcus Merger Agreement was achieved for 2021, 
and a liability in the amount of $4.3 million was recorded in current liabilities. This amount was paid in September 2022. In June 2021, 
the Company received regulatory clearance for a reverse shoulder implant system, which triggered a $10.0 million regulatory milestone 
payment per the terms of the Arthrosurface Merger Agreement. This amount was paid in July 2021. As of December 31, 2022, there 
were no milestones remaining. 

The overall fair value of the contingent consideration decreased by $21.1 million and $28.7 million during the years ended 
December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, due primarily to the decrease in the likelihood that certain contingent milestones would be 
achieved. 

5. Inventories 

Total inventories included in the balance sheet consist of the following: 

Raw materials ......................................................................    $ 
Work-in-process ..................................................................      
Finished goods .....................................................................      
Total .................................................................................    $ 

Inventories ...........................................................................    $ 
Other long-term assets .........................................................      
Total .....................................................................................    $ 

As of December 31, 

2022 

2021 

20,535     $ 
10,648       
25,306       
56,489     $ 

39,765     $ 
16,724       
56,489     $ 

16,881   
11,442   
26,731   
55,054   

36,010   
19,044   
55,054   

Inventories are stated net of inventory reserves of approximately $9.9 million and $9.1 million, as of December 31, 2022 and 

2021, respectively. 

76 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
       
         
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
6. Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment is stated at cost and consists of the following: 

As of December 31, 

2022 

2021 

Equipment and software ......................................................    $ 
Furniture and fixtures ..........................................................      
Leasehold improvements .....................................................      
Construction in progress ......................................................      
Subtotal ............................................................................      
Less accumulated depreciation ............................................      
Total .................................................................................    $ 

52,112     $ 
2,413       
34,916       
5,021       
94,462       
(46,183 )     
48,279     $ 

48,804   
2,389   
34,614   
1,378   
87,185   
(39,583 ) 
47,602   

Depreciation expense was $6.7 million, $6.5 million, and $6.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, 

respectively. 

7. Acquired Intangible Assets, Net 

Intangible assets consist of the following: 

Year Ended December 31, 2022 

Less: 
Accumulated  
Currency 
Translation  
Adjustment 

Less: 
Current 
Period  
Impairment 
Charge 

   Gross Cost      

Less: 
Accumulated  
Amortization      

Net Book 
Value 

Developed technology .......    $ 
IPR&D ...............................      
Customer relationships ......      
Distributor relationships ....      
Patents................................      
Tradenames ........................      
Total ...............................    $ 

89,580     $ 
2,656       
9,000       
4,700       
1,000       
5,200       
112,136     $ 

(1,608 )   $ 
(1,006 )     
-       
(415 )     
(189 )     
-       
(3,218 )   $ 

-     $ 
-       
-       
-       
-       
-       
-     $ 

(23,686 )   $ 
-       
(2,627 )     
(4,285 )     
(680 )     
(3,041 )     
(34,319 )   $ 

64,286       
1,650     
6,373       
-       
131       
2,159       
74,599       

Weighted  
Average Useful  
Life (in Years) 
15 
Indefinite 
10 
5 
16 
5 
13 

Year Ended December 31, 2021 

Less: 
Accumulated  
Currency 
Translation  
Adjustment 

Less: 
Current 
Period  
Impairment 
Charge 

   Gross Cost      

Less: 
Accumulated  
Amortization      

Net Book 
Value 

Developed technology .......    $ 
IPR&D ...............................      
Customer relationships ......      
Distributor relationships ....      
Patents................................      
Tradenames ........................      
Total ...............................    $ 

89,580     $ 
3,256       
9,000       
4,700       
1,000       
5,200       
112,736     $ 

(1,608 )   $ 
(1,006 )     
-       
(415 )     
(189 )     
-       
(3,218 )   $ 

-     $ 
(600 )     
-       
-       
-       
-       
(600 )   $ 

(17,891 )   $ 
-       
(1,727 )     
(4,285 )     
(632 )     
(2,001 )     
(26,536 )   $ 

77 

Weighted  
Average Useful  
Life 
15 
Indefinite 
10 
5 
16 
5 
13 

70,081       
1,650     
7,273       
-       
179       
3,199       
82,382       

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Total amortization expense with respect to the definite lived acquired intangible assets was $7.8 million for each of the years 

ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 and $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. 

During the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company decided not to further invest in a joint technology IPR&D project, as it is no 
longer aligned with the Company’s core strategic focus. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment charge in the amount of 
$0.6 million in research and development expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. 

During the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company decided not to further invest in its Hyalobone and Hyalonect IPR&D projects 
as they were no longer aligned with the Company’s core strategic focus. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment charge in 
the  period  totaling  $1.4  million  recorded  in  research  and  development  expenses  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  statements  of 
operations. 

The  Company  performed  its  annual  assessment  of  the  remaining  IPR&D  intangible  asset  as  of  November  30,  2022.  The 
Company estimated the fair value of the IPR&D intangible assets using the income approach which is based on the Multi-Period Excess 
Earnings Method (“MPEEM”). MPEEM measures economic benefit indirectly by calculating the income attributable to an asset after 
appropriate returns are paid to complementary assets used in conjunction with the subject asset to produce the earnings associated with 
the subject asset, commonly referred to as contributory asset charges. This approach incorporates significant estimates and assumptions 
related  to  the  forecasted  results  including  revenues,  expenses,  expected  economic  life  of  the  asset,  contributory  asset  charges  and 
discount rates to estimate future cash flows. While assumptions utilized are subject to a high degree of judgment and complexity, the 
Company made its best estimate of future cash flows under a high degree of economic uncertainty that existed as of November 30, 
2022. In developing its assumptions, the Company also considered observed trends of its industry participants. No impairment existed 
as the estimated fair value of the remaining IPR&D intangible asset was greater than its carrying value. 

During 2020, the Company determined that it would not pursue CE mark renewals for certain of its legacy products, which 
resulted in an impairment of certain developed technology related assets in the amount of $1.0 million in 2020. This impairment charge 
was recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. 

8. Goodwill 

The following table provides a roll forward of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021: 

Balance, beginning January 1 ...............................................    $ 
Effect of foreign currency adjustments .................................      
Balance, ending December 31 ..............................................    $ 

7,781     $ 
(442 )     
7,339     $ 

8,413   
(632 ) 
7,781   

Years Ended December 31 

2022 

2021 

In the first quarter of 2020, the Company acquired Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface, as further discussed in Note 3, Business 
Combinations. As a result of the acquisitions, the Company determined that it had two reporting units. It created a reporting unit in 
2020 that included Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface, which share similar economic and qualitative characteristics. This reporting unit 
produces sports medicine surgical products, instruments and joint repair implants. The Company also has another reporting unit that 
comprises the legacy Anika business, which specializes in therapies based on its hyaluronic acid, or HA, technology platform. The 
Company impaired the Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface reporting unit in 2020. The remaining goodwill balance at December 31, 
2022 and 2021 was related to the legacy Anika reporting unit. 

As part of its annual impairment testing as of November 30 each year for the goodwill related to the legacy Anika reporting 
unit, the Company performed a qualitative assessment including consideration of (i) general macroeconomic factors, (ii) industry and 
market conditions, and (iii) the extent of the excess of the fair value over the carrying value indicated in prior impairment testing. The 
Company determined it was not more likely than not that the fair value of the legacy Anika reporting unit is less than its carrying 
amount and thus goodwill was not impaired as of November 30, 2022. 

Government policy responses to the COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting changes in healthcare guidelines caused a temporary 
suspension of global elective surgical procedures. As a result, the widespread economic volatility triggered impairment testing in the 
first quarter of 2020, and accordingly, the Company performed interim impairment testing on the goodwill balances of its reporting 
units. The Company also performed its annual impairment testing in the fourth quarter of 2020. 

78 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
The Company estimated the fair value of the reporting units using a discounted cash flow method, which is based on the present 
value of projected cash flows and a terminal value, which represents the expected normalized cash flows of the reporting units beyond 
the cash flows from the discrete projection period. The Company determined that a discounted cash flow model provided the best 
approximation  of  fair  value  of  the  reporting  units  for  the  purpose  of  performing  the  impairment  test.  This  approach  incorporates 
significant estimates and assumptions related to the forecasted results including revenues, expenses, the achievement of certain cost 
synergies, terminal growth rates and discount rates to estimate future cash flows. While assumptions utilized are subject to a high 
degree  of  judgment  and  complexity,  the  Company  made  its  best  estimate  of  future  cash  flows  under  a  high  degree  of  economic 
uncertainty that existed as of November 30, 2020. In developing its assumptions, the Company also considered observed trends of its 
industry participants. 

For the legacy Anika reporting unit, the Company performed a qualitative assessment including consideration of (i) general 
macroeconomic factors, (ii) industry and market conditions, and (iii) the extent of the excess of the fair value over the carrying value 
indicated in prior impairment testing. The Company determined it was not more likely than not that the fair value of the legacy Anika 
reporting unit is less than its carrying amount and thus goodwill was not impaired as of March 31, 2020. As part of its annual impairment 
testing, the Company decided to perform a quantitative assessment related to the legacy Anika reporting unit as of November 30, 2020, 
due to the expectation that the economic recovery will take longer than expected to materialize. The results of the impairment test 
indicated that the estimated fair value of the legacy Anika reporting unit was greater than its carrying value, therefore the Company 
did not record any impairment charges related to the legacy Anika reporting unit for the year ended December 31, 2020. 

For its newly created reporting unit, which includes Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface, the Company performed an interim 
quantitative assessment of goodwill impairment as of March 31, 2020. The Company estimated the fair value of the reporting unit 
using a discounted cash flow method. The results of the interim impairment test indicated that the estimated fair value of the reporting 
unit was less than its carrying value. This was primarily due to decreases in near term revenue and related cash flows as a result of the 
temporary suspension of domestic elective procedures, primarily due to the COVID-19 pandemic which directly impacted the reporting 
unit. Consequently, a non-cash goodwill impairment charge was recorded in the amount of $18.1 million during the first quarter of 
2020. As part of its annual impairment testing, the Company performed a quantitative assessment related to the newly created reporting 
unit as of November 30, 2020. The results of the annual impairment test indicated that the estimated fair value of the reporting unit 
was less than its carrying value. This was primarily due to a decline in projected net cash flows as a result of the continued impact of 
COVID-19 on revenue and related cash flows, the expectation that the economic recovery will take longer than expected to materialize, 
and additional projected investment to support future growth. Consequently, a non-cash goodwill impairment charge was recorded in 
the amount of $24.4 million during the fourth quarter of 2020. The total non-cash goodwill impairment charge with respect to the 
reporting unit amounted to $42.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. There was no remaining goodwill with respect to the 
newly created reporting unit as of December 31, 2020. 

9. Leases 

The Company leases its buildings and manufacturing facilities under operating leases. As of December 31, 2022, the Company 

had real estate leases in Bedford, Massachusetts, Franklin, Massachusetts, Sarasota, Florida, Warsaw, Indiana and Padova, Italy. 

In  June  2022,  the  Company  finalized  a  renewal  option  to  extend  the  current  term  for  its  operating  headquarters  and 
manufacturing facility in Bedford through 2027. There are also lease renewal options into 2038. The current term of the Padova lease 
extends to 2032, with a right to terminate at the Company’s option in 2026 without penalty. 

As a result of the acquisition of Parcus Medical and Arthrosurface, the Company acquired operating and finance leases for 
corporate  offices,  manufacturing  and  warehouse  facilities  and  machinery.  The  operating  leases  consist  of  one  real  estate  lease  in 
Franklin, Massachusetts (Franklin lease) and two real estate leases in Sarasota, Florida (Sarasota lease). In October 2022, the Company 
entered into an option to extend the current term of the Franklin lease through 2024. In June 2022, the Company finalized an option to 
extend  the current  term  of the  two  Sarasota  leases  through  2027. The  finance  leases  include equipment  utilized  in  the  Company’s 
manufacturing facility in Sarasota, Florida and were terminated in September 2022. 

The significant assumptions in recognizing the right-of-use asset and lease liability are as follows: 

Incremental  borrowing  rate.  The  Company  derives  its  incremental  borrowing  rate  from  information  available  at  the  lease 
commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The incremental borrowing rate represents a collateralized 
rate of interest the Company would have to pay to borrow over a similar term an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar 
economic environment. The Company’s lease agreements do not provide implicit rates. As the Company did not have any external 
borrowings at either the transition or subsequent renewal dates with comparable terms to its lease agreements, the Company estimated 
its incremental borrowing rate based on its credit quality, line of credit agreement and by comparing interest rates available in the 
market for similar borrowings, and adjusting this amount based on the impact of collateral over the term of the lease. The weighted 
average discount rate at December 31, 2022 was 3.6% for operating leases. 

79 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Lease term. The lease term begins at the lease commencement date and is determined on that date based on the non-cancelable 
term of the lease together with periods covered by an option to extend the lease if the Company is reasonably certain to exercise that 
option, or periods covered by an option to terminate the lease if the Company is reasonably certain not to exercise that option. 

The components of lease expense and other information are as follows:  

Years Ended December 31 

2022 

2021 

    2020 

Finance lease amortization of right-of-use assets .    $ 
Interest on finance lease liabilities ........................      
Finance lease expense .......................................      
Operating lease expense .......................................      
Short-term lease expense ......................................      
Variable lease expense..........................................      
Total lease expense ...........................................    $ 

121     $ 
11       
132       
2,839       
17       
413       
3,401     $ 

143     $ 
19       
162       
2,468       
2       
319       
2,951     $ 

185   
25   
210   
2,383   
-   
264   
2,857   

Years Ended December 31 
2022 

2021 

Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term (in years) 

Operating leases .............................................................      
Financing leases .............................................................      

14.8   
-   

Weighted Average Discount Rate 

Operating leases .............................................................      
Financing leases .............................................................      

3.6 %     
-   

Other information 

15.3   
2.3   

4.1 % 
4.9 % 

Operating cash flows from operating leases ..................    $ 
Operating cash flows from financing leases ..................    $ 

2,471   
121   

  $ 
  $ 

2,392   
136   

Future commitments due under these lease agreements as of December 31, 2022 are as follows: 

Years ended December 31, 

   Operating Leases    

2023 ...............................................................................................................................................    $ 
2024 ...............................................................................................................................................      
2025 ...............................................................................................................................................      
2026 ...............................................................................................................................................      
2027 ...............................................................................................................................................      
Thereafter ......................................................................................................................................      
Present value adjustment ...............................................................................................................      
Present value of lease payments ....................................................................................................      
Less current portion included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities ............................      
Total lease liabilities ......................................................................................................................    $ 

3,170   
3,055   
3,066   
2,760   
2,643   
25,230   
(9,034 ) 
30,890   
(2,073 ) 
28,817   

10. Accrued Expenses 

Accrued expenses consist of the following: 

As of December 31, 

2022 

2021 

  $ 

Compensation and related expenses ........................  
Professional fees ......................................................  
Operating lease liability - current.........................................      
Clinical trial costs ................................................................      
Finance lease liability - current ............................................      
Income taxes payable ...........................................................      
Other ....................................................................................      
Total .................................................................................    $ 

11,303     $ 
3,145       
2,073       
999       
-       
810       
510       
18,840     $ 

9,523   
3,590   
1,526   
1,961   
188   
-   
1,059   
17,847   

80 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
  
       
  
    
    
       
  
       
  
    
       
  
       
  
  
  
  
       
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
       
         
  
    
11. Revolving Credit Agreement 

On November 12, 2021, the Company, entered into a “Third Amendment to Credit Agreement” amending the existing revolving 
line of credit agreement dated October 24, 2017 with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, swingline lender and issuer of 
letters of credit, for a $75.0 million senior revolving line of credit (the “Credit Agreement”). Subject to certain conditions, the Company 
may request up to an additional $75.0 million in commitments for a maximum aggregate commitment of $150.0 million, which requests 
must be approved by the Revolving Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement). Loans under the Credit Agreement generally bear 
interest at a rate equal to (a) the Bloomberg Short-Term Bank Yield Index, (“BSBY”), rate plus (b) an additional percentage that will 
range  from  0.25%  to  1.00%,  based  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  leverage  ratio  at  the  time  of  the  borrowings.  The  Company  is 
required to pay a commitment fee in an amount that is equal to 0.20% to 0.30% per annum, based on the Company’s consolidated 
leverage ratio, on the actual daily unused amount of the credit facility and that is due and payable quarterly in arrears. Loan origination 
costs  are  included  as  assets  on  the  balance  sheet  and  are  being  amortized  over  the  five-year  term  of  the  Credit  Agreement.  As  of 
December 31, 2022 and 2021, there were no outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement and the Company is in compliance 
with the terms of the Credit Agreement.  

The Credit Agreement contains customary representations, warranties, affirmative and negative covenants, including financial 
covenants, events of default, and indemnification provisions in favor of the Lenders. These include restrictive covenants that require 
the Company not to exceed certain maximum leverage and interest coverage ratios, limit its incurrence of liens and indebtedness, and 
its entry into certain merger and acquisition transactions or dispositions and place additional restrictions on other matters, all subject 
to  certain  exceptions.  The  Revolving  Lenders  has  been  granted  a  first  priority  lien  and  security  interest  in  substantially  all  of  the 
Company’s assets, except for certain intangible assets. 

In  April  2020,  the  Company  borrowed  $50.0  million  available  under  the  previous  credit  facility,  with  an  initial  applicable 
interest  rate  of  2.08%,  all  of  which  were  repaid  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020.  Interest  expense  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 was $0, $0, and $0.8 million, respectively. 

12. Commitments and Contingencies  

In certain of its contracts, the Company warrants to its customers that the products it manufactures conform to the product 
specifications  as  in  effect  at  the  time  of  delivery  of  the  specific  product.  The  Company  may  also  warrant  that  the  products  it 
manufactures do not infringe, violate or breach any U.S. or international patent or intellectual property rights, trade secret, or other 
proprietary information of any third party. On occasion, the Company contractually indemnifies its customers against any and all losses 
arising out of, or in any way connected with, any claim or claims of breach of its warranties or any actual or alleged defect in any 
product caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Company. The Company maintains a products liability insurance policy that 
limits its exposure to these risks. Based on the Company’s historical activity, in combination with its liability insurance coverage, the 
Company believes the estimated fair value of these indemnification agreements is immaterial. The Company had no accrued warranties 
at December 31, 2022 or 2021, respectively, and has no history of claims paid.   

The Company is also involved from time-to-time in various legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. Although 
the  outcomes  of  these  legal  proceedings  are  inherently  difficult  to  predict,  the  Company  does  not  expect  the  resolution  of  these 
occasional legal proceedings to have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. 

On  October  21,  2021,  the  Company  received  notice  that  the  former  unitholders  of  Parcus  Medical  had  filed  a  request  for 
arbitration regarding the earnout provisions agreed to in the Parcus Medical Merger Agreement. The Company has engaged in the 
arbitration process and does not anticipate a resolution during the first half of 2023. The Company is unable to estimate the potential 
liability with respect to this matter at this time. There are numerous factors that make it difficult to estimate reasonably possible loss 
or  range  of  loss  at  this  stage  of  the  matter,  including  the  significant  number  of  legal  and  factual  issues  still  to  be  resolved  in  the 
arbitration process. The Company intends to vigorously defend against the claims and believes it has strong defenses to the claims 
asserted. 

13. Revenue and Geographic Information 

The  Company  categorizes  its  product  portfolio  into  three  product  families:  OA  Pain  Management,  Joint  Preservation  and 
Restoration, and Non-Orthopedic. Anika’s consolidated financial statements include results of operations for Parcus Medical from the 
January 24, 2020 acquisition date and Arthrosurface from the February 3, 2020 acquisition date. 

81 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Product revenue by product family is as follows: 

2022 

2021 

Years Ended December 31, 

   Revenue 

Percentage of 
Product 
Revenue 

   Revenue 

Percentage of 
Product 
Revenue 

   Revenue 

2020 

Percentage of 
Product 
Revenue 

OA Pain Management ........    $ 
Joint Preservation and 

Restoration .....................      
Non-Orthopedic .................      
Total ...............................    $ 

97,887       

63 %   $ 

89,503       

61 %   $ 

83,029       

50,402       
7,947       
156,236       

32 %     
5 %     
100 %   $ 

48,588       
9,703       
147,794       

33 %     
6 %     
100 %   $ 

39,368       
8,060       
130,457       

64 % 

30 % 
6 % 
100 % 

Effective January 1, 2023, the Company will begin to report revenue from product sales to veterinary customers within the 
Non-Orthopedic product family whereas such revenue had been reported within the OA Pain Management revenue product family. 
Revenue from product sales to veterinary customers amounted to $5.9 million, $4.4 million and $3.8 million for 2022, 2021 and 2020, 
respectively. 

Product revenue from the Company’s sole significant customer, Mitek, as a percentage of the Company’s total product revenue 

was 43%, 45%, and 49% for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively. 

Total revenue by geographic location based on the location of the customer in total and as a percentage of total revenue are as 

follows: 

2022 

2021 

Years Ended December 31, 

Total 

   Revenue 

    Percentage of   
     Revenue 

Total 

   Revenue 

    Percentage of   
     Revenue 

Total 

   Revenue 

2020 
     Percentage of    
Revenue 

Geographic Location: 

United States ..................    $ 
Europe ............................      
Other ..............................      
Total ...........................    $ 

119,151       
20,639       
16,446       
156,236       

76 %   $ 
13 %     
11 %     
100 %   $ 

113,833       
19,580       
14,381       
147,794       

77 %   $ 
13 %     
10 %     
100 %   $ 

103,182       
14,179       
13,096       
130,457       

79 % 
11 % 
10 % 
100 % 

Net  long-lived assets,  consisting  primarily  of  net  property and equipment,  are  subject  to  geographic  risks  because  they  are 
generally  difficult  to  move  and  to  effectively  utilize  in  another  geographic  area  in  a  reasonable  time  period  and  because  they  are 
relatively illiquid. Net tangible long-lived assets by principal geographic areas are as follows: 

United States .........................................................................    $ 
Italy .......................................................................................      
Total ..................................................................................    $ 

47,068     $ 
1,211       
48,279     $ 

46,068   
1,534   
47,602   

Years Ended December 31, 

2022 

2021 

82 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
       
        
  
       
        
  
       
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
14. Equity Incentive Plan  

Equity Incentive Plan 

The Anika Therapeutics, Inc. 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2017 Plan”) was approved by the Company’s stockholders 
on June 13, 2017 and subsequently amended on June 18, 2019, June 16, 2020 and June 16, 2021. The 2017 Plan provides for the grant 
of  incentive  stock  options,  nonqualified  stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights  (“SARs”),  restricted  stock  awards  (“RSAs”), 
performance  restricted  stock  units  (“PSUs”),  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”),  total  shareholder  return  options  (“TSRs”)  and 
performance options that may be settled in cash, stock, or other property. In accordance with the 2017 Plan approved by the Company’s 
stockholders, including the amendments thereto, each share award other than stock options or SAR’s will reduce the number of total 
shares available for grant by two shares. Subject to adjustment for specified types of changes in the Company’s capitalization, no more 
than 4.6 million shares of common stock may be issued under the 2017 Plan. There are 1.2 million shares available for future grant at 
December 31, 2022 under the 2017 Plan. 

The Anika Therapeutics, Inc. 2021 Inducement Plan (the “Inducement Plan”) was adopted by the Company’s board of directors 
on November 4, 2021. The Inducement Plan reserves 125,000 shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to equity-based awards 
granted  under  the  Inducement  Plan.  Such  awards  may  be  granted  only  to  an  individual  who  was  not  previously  the  Company’s 
employee or director with the Company. The Inducement Plan provides for the grant of awards under terms substantially similar to the 
2017 Plan (as amended). There are 4,883 shares available for future grant at December 31, 2022 under the Inducement Plan. 

The Company may satisfy the awards upon exercise, or upon fulfillment of the vesting requirements for other equity-based 
awards, with either newly issued shares or shares reacquired by the Company. Stock-based awards are granted with an exercise price 
equal to or greater than the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. Awards contain service conditions or service and 
performance conditions, and they generally become exercisable ratably over one to four years with a maximum contractual term of ten 
years. 

The  Company  presents  the  expenses  related  to  stock-based  compensation  awards  in  the  same  expense  line  items  as  cash 
compensation  paid  to  each  of  its  employees.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  the  tax  benefit  associated  with  stock-based 
compensation was $1.1 million. A summary of the stock-based compensation in the Company’s statements of operations is as follows 
(in thousands): 

Cost of revenue .....................................................................    $ 
Research and development ...................................................      
Selling, general and administrative .......................................      
Total stock-based compensation expense .............................    $ 

820     $ 
1,646       
11,849       
14,315     $ 

716     $ 
1,233       
9,136       
11,085     $ 

719   
713   
3,954   
5,386   

Years Ended December 31, 

2022 

2021 

2020 

For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, windfall tax benefits (expense) of $(0.5) million, $0.1 million and 

$0.2 million, respectively, are associated with the stock-based compensation expense above. 

The Company’s former President and Chief Executive Officer, Joseph Darling, passed away unexpectedly in January 2020. 
According to the terms of Mr. Darling’s equity award grants and the 2017 Plan, the unvested portion of his stock-based compensation 
was forfeited upon his death, resulting in a one-time benefit of $1.8 million that was fully recognized during the three-month period 
ended March 31, 2020 within selling, general and administrative expenses. 

Stock Options 

Stock options are granted to purchase common shares at prices that are equal to the fair market value of the shares on the date 
the  options  are  granted  or,  in  the  case  of  premium  options,  are  granted  with  an  exercise  price  at  110%  of  the  market  price  of  the 
Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Options generally vest in equal annual installments over a period of three to four years 
and expire 10 years after the date of grant. The grant-date fair value of options is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over 
the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. 

83 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following summarizes the activity under the Company’s stock option plans: 

  Number of Options     

Weighted 
Average  
Exercise Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term  
(in years) 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 
(in thousands)    

Outstanding as of December 31, 2021 .....................      
Granted ....................................................................      
Exercised .................................................................      
Forfeited and canceled .............................................      
Outstanding as of December 31, 2022 .....................      
Vested, December 31, 2022 .....................................      
Vested or expected to vest, December 31, 2022 ......      

1,175,993     $ 
553,827     $ 
(433 )   $ 
(198,684 )   $ 
1,530,703     $ 
640,056     $ 
1,530,703     $ 

39.56       
28.07       
8.83       
43.24       
34.93       
40.08       
34.93       

    $ 

10   

8.1     $ 
7.2     $ 
8.1     $ 

1,050   
12   
1,050   

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $0.3 million and $2.8 

million, respectively. 

The  Company  granted  553,827  stock  options  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  of  which  398,314  shares  were 

premium-priced options. 

The Company uses the Black-Scholes pricing model to determine the fair value of options granted. The calculation of the fair 
value of stock options is affected by the stock price on the grant date, the expected volatility of the Company’s common stock over the 
expected term of the award, the expected life of the award, the risk-free interest rate and the dividend yield. The Company estimated 
the fair value of TSRs using Monte-Carlo simulation model where the expected volatility assumption is evaluated over 6.3 years. The 
actual number of TSR options that may be earned ranges from 0% to 150% of the target number, depending on the total shareholder 
return of the Company relative to the peer group over the vesting period of 2.7 years. The Company completed its evaluation of the 
TSR award and vested 139,168 TSRs as of December 31, 2022. 

The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes pricing model for options granted during the years ended December 31, 2022 2021 

and 2020, along with the weighted-average grant-date fair values, were as follows: 

Risk-free interest rate ..............................   1.28% 
Expected stock price volatility ................   53.80% 
Expected life of options (in years) ..........     
Expected dividend yield .........................     
Fair value per option ...............................     

2022 
- 
4.28%     0.29% 
-  55.55%   54.80% 
4.5    
0.0%   
11.45   

2021 
- 
1.00%     0.21% 
-  56.35%   46.48% 
4.0    
0.0%   
14.80   

2020 
- 
1.59% 
-  54.06% 
4.0    
-%    
16.31   

As of December 31, 2022, there was $7.4 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options. This 

expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.8 years. 

84 

  
  
   
   
  
      
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
 
 
 
Restricted Stock Units 

RSUs  generally  vest  in  equal  annual  installments  over  a  three-  or  four-year  periods.  The  grant-date  fair  value  of  RSUs  is 
recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. The Company 
determines the fair value of restricted stock units based on the closing price of its common stock on the date of grant. 

RSU activity for the year ended December 31, 2022 is as follows: 

Number of 
Shares 

Weighted Average 
Fair Value 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2021 ........................    $ 
Granted .......................................................................      
Vested .........................................................................      
Forfeited and cancelled ...............................................      
Outstanding as of December 31, 2022 ........................    $ 

412,658     $ 
507,524     $ 
(164,167 )   $ 
(80,610 )   $ 
675,405     $ 

36.33   
25.14   
36.77   
(31.40 ) 
28.40   

The  weighted-average  grant-date  fair  value  per share  of RSUs  granted  was  $25.14,  $35.88  and $38.20  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The total fair value of RSUs vested was $6.0 million, $3.7 million and $2.2 million 
for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 

As of December 31, 2022, there was $12.3 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to time-based RSUs, which is 

expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years. 

Performance Stock Units 

PSUs generally vest over a three-year period from the grant date and include both a service and performance component. The 
PSUs  granted  to  employees  in  2019  contained  performance  conditions  with  business  and  financial  targets.  The  business  target, 
amounting to 30% of the total performance condition awards, was measured and achieved in the 2019 fiscal year. One of the financial 
targets, amounting to 55% of the total performance condition awards, was measured and achieved in the 2022 fiscal year, while the 
remaining  financial  target,  amounting  to  15%  of  the  total  performance  condition  awards,  was  not  achieved.  The  PSUs  granted  to 
employees in 2020 contained performance conditions with business and financial targets. One of the business targets, amounting to 
20% of the total performance condition awards, was not achieved in the 2021 fiscal year, while the remaining business target related 
to a certain timely regulatory approval, amounting to 20% of the total performance condition awards, was not achieved in the 2022 
fiscal year. The financial targets, amounting to 60% of the total performance condition awards, were not achieved in the 2022 fiscal 
year. 

PSU activity for the year ended December 31, 2022 is as follows: 

Number of  
Shares 

Weighted Average 
Fair Value 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2021 ...............      
Granted ..............................................................      
Vested ................................................................      
Forfeited and cancelled ......................................      
Outstanding as of December 31, 2022 ...............      

158,297     $ 
2,125     $ 
(19,125 )   $ 
(23,400 )   $ 
117,897     $ 

37.44   
32.53   
32.53   
41.86   
34.98   

The weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of PSUs granted was $32.53, $0 and $36.93 for the years ended December 
31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The total fair value of PSUs vested was $0.6 million, $0 and $0 for the years ended December 
31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to PSUs in 
which milestones are expected to be achieved. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

On March 17, 2021, the Company adopted the 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). The ESPP is authorized to issue 
up to 200,000 shares of common stock to participating employees. Employees that participate in the Company’s ESPP may purchase 
up to a maximum of 800 shares per six-month offering period or $25,000 worth of common stock per calendar year by authorizing 
payroll deductions of up to 10% of their base salary. The purchase price for each share purchased is 85% of the lower of the fair market 
value of the common stock on the first or last day of the offering period. 

85 

  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
15. Employee Benefit Plan 

The  Company’s  U.S.  employees  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the  Company’s  401(k)  savings  plan.  Employees  may  elect  to 
contribute a percentage of their compensation to the plan, and the Company will make 140% matching contributions up to a limit of 
5% of an employee’s eligible compensation. In addition, the Company may make annual discretionary contributions. The Company 
made matching contributions of $2.3 million, $2.0 million, and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, 
respectively. 

16. Income Taxes  

Income Tax Expense 

The components of the Company’s income (loss) before income taxes and its provision for (benefit from) income taxes consist 

of the following: 

(Loss) income before income taxes 
Domestic .........................................................................    $ 
Foreign ...........................................................................      
  $ 

(19,080 )   $ 
334       
(18,746 )   $ 

(2,529 )   $ 
4,956       
2,427     $ 

(25,722 ) 
(2,902 ) 
(28,624 ) 

Years ended December 31, 
2021 

2020 

2022 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes: 
Current: 
Federal ............................................................................    $ 
State ................................................................................      
Foreign ...........................................................................      
Total current ...................................................................      
Deferred: 
Federal ............................................................................      
State ................................................................................      
Foreign ...........................................................................      
Total deferred .................................................................      
Total benefit from income taxes .....................................    $ 

Years ended December 31, 
2021 

2020 

2022 

1,005     $ 
285       
96       
1,386       

(3,243 )     
(1,256 )     
(774 )     
(5,273 )     
(3,887 )   $ 

494     $ 
(635 )     
167       
26       

(553 )     
(426 )     
(754 )     
(1,733 )     
(1,707 )   $ 

357   
(1,970 ) 
49   
(1,564 ) 

(1,980 ) 
(1,070 ) 
(28 ) 
(3,078 ) 
(4,642 ) 

86 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
       
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
       
         
         
  
       
         
         
  
       
         
         
  
  
 
  
 
 
Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following: 

As of December 31, 
2021 

2022 

Deferred tax assets: 

Lease liability .........................................................................    $ 
Capitalized research expenditures ...........................................      
Stock-based compensation expense ........................................      
Inventory reserves ...................................................................      
Compensation accrual .............................................................      
Net operating loss carry forwards ...........................................      
Tax credits ..............................................................................      
Accrued expenses ...................................................................      
Foreign currency exchange .....................................................      
Deferred tax assets ..................................................................    $ 

7,468     $ 
5,451       
2,795       
2,763       
1,635       
1,551       
741       
519       
221       
23,144     $ 

4,684   
-   
2,782   
2,453   
1,236   
2,822   
3,022   
491   
282   
17,772   

As of December 31, 
2021 

2022 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Acquisition-related intangible asset ........................................    $ 
Depreciation ............................................................................      
Right of use asset ....................................................................      
Deferred tax liabilities ............................................................    $ 

(12,075 )   $ 
(8,804 )     
(7,252 )     
(28,131 )   $ 

(14,770 ) 
(8,509 ) 
(4,650 ) 
(27,929 ) 

Net deferred tax liabilities ...........................................................    $ 

(4,987 )   $ 

(10,157 ) 

As  of  December  31,  2022,  the  Company  had  no  Federal  net  operating  loss  (“NOL”)  carryforwards  and  state  net  NOL 
carryforwards of $3.1 million that will begin to expire in 2026. The Company also had NOL carryforwards in Italy of $6.1 million that 
do not expire but are limited to 80% of taxable income. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had federal and state research and 
development tax credit carryforwards of $0.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively, that will begin expiring in 2023. 

The  Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs  Act  (“TCJA”)  requires  taxpayers  to  capitalize  and  amortize  research  and  experimental  (“R&D”) 
expenditures for tax years beginning after December 31, 2021. This rule became effective for the Company during the year ended 
December 31, 2022 and resulted in the capitalization of R&D costs of $23.4 million. The Company will amortize these costs for tax 
purposes over 5 years if the R&D was performed in the U.S. and over 15 years if the R&D was performed outside the U.S. 

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. 
In making such a determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of 
existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, carryback potential if permitted under 
the  tax  law,  and  results  of  recent  operations.  Based  upon  future  reversals  of  existing  taxable  temporary  differences,  the  Company 
believes it is more likely than not that it will realize its domestic deferred tax assets. Based upon future reversals of existing taxable 
temporary differences and projected future taxable income, the Company believes it is more likely than not it will realize its foreign 
deferred tax assets. 

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company released the valuation allowance recorded related to the net deferred 

tax assets in Italy in the amount of $0.9 million.  

Undistributed earnings of certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries amounted to approximately $0.5 million at December 
31, 2022. The Company expects to be able to take a 100% dividend received deduction to offset any U.S. federal income tax liability 
on  the  undistributed  earnings.  Determination  of  the  amount  of  unrecognized  state  and  local  deferred  income  tax  liability  is  not 
practicable due to the complexities associated with its hypothetical calculation. 

87 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
       
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
       
         
  
  
       
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Effective Tax Rate 

The reconciliation between the U.S. federal statutory rate and the Company’s effective rate is summarized as follows: 

2022 

Years ended December 31, 
2021 

2020 

Statutory federal income tax rate ....................................      
State tax expense, net of federal benefit .........................      
Stock compensation ........................................................      
Section 162(m) limitation ...............................................      
Goodwill impairment ......................................................      
Change in fair value of contingent consideration ...........      
Change in tax rates and state apportionment ..................      
Federal, state and foreign tax credits ..............................      
Valuation allowance .......................................................      
Return to provision adjustments .....................................      
Other permanent items ....................................................      
Effective income tax rate ................................................      

21.0 %      
1.4 %      

(4.7% ) 
(8.2% ) 
-   
-   
1.2 %      
5.1 %      
-   
5.0 %      
(0.1 )%     
20.7 %      

21.0 %      
(3.2 %)     
22.3 %      
8.7 %      
-   
(36.7 %)     
(29.8 %)     
(28.4 %)     
(35.3 %)     
-   
11.0 %      
(70.4 %)     

21.0 % 
1.5 % 
(2.2 %) 
-   
(16.8 %) 
6.7 % 
4.9 % 
2.2 % 
(3.0 %) 
-   
1.9 % 
16.2 % 

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes 

The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The Company 
does not anticipate experiencing any significant increase or decrease in its unrecognized tax benefits within the twelve months following 
December 31, 2022. 

In the normal course of business, Anika and its subsidiaries may be periodically examined by various taxing authorities. The 
Company files income tax returns in the United States on a federal basis, in certain U.S. states, and in certain foreign jurisdictions. The 
associated tax filings remain subject to examination by applicable tax authorities for a certain length of time following the tax year to 
which those filings relate. With a few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations for years prior to 2019. 

17. Earnings per Share (“EPS”)  

Basic EPS is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. 
Unvested restricted shares, although legally issued and outstanding, are not considered outstanding for purposes of calculating basic 
EPS. Diluted EPS is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding plus the dilutive effect, 
if any, of outstanding share-based awards using the treasury stock method. 

The following table provides share information used in the calculation of the Company's basic and diluted EPS (in thousands): 

Shares used in the calculation of basic EPS ..........................      
Effect of dilutive securities: 

Years Ended December 31, 
2021 

2020 

2022 

14,561       

14,401       

14,222   

Share based awards ...........................................................      
Diluted shares used in the calculation of EPS .......................      

-       
14,561       

233       
14,634       

-   
14,222   

Stock  options  of  1.1  million  shares  were  outstanding  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  and  were  not  included  in  the 
computation of diluted EPS because the awards’ impact on EPS would have been anti-dilutive. The Company was in a loss position 
during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2022  and  2020,  therefore  all  potential  common  shares  would  have  been  anti-dilutive  and 
accordingly were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS. 

88 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 

[None]. 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Our  management,  with  the  participation  of  our Chief  Executive  Officer and  Chief  Financial  Officer (our  principal  executive 
officer  and  principal  financial  officer,  respectively),  evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  as  of 
December 31,  2022.  The  term  “disclosure  controls  and  procedures,”  as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  under  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure 
that information  required  to  be disclosed  by a  company  in the  reports  that  it  files  or  submits  under  the  Exchange  Act,  as  amended,  is 
recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and 
forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required 
to  be  disclosed  by  a  company  in  the  reports  that  it  files  or  submits  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  the 
company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding 
required disclosures. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2022, our Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective to provide 
reasonable assurance due to material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting described below. 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing 
and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) 
and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive 
and principal financial officers and effected by the company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable 
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that: 

• 

• 

• 

pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions 
of the assets of the Company; 

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
accordance  with  generally accepted accounting  principles,  and  that receipts  and  expenditures  of  the company are  being 
made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and 

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the
company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

An effective internal control system, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility of human 
error or overriding of controls, and limitations therefore can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to reliable financial reporting. 
Because of its inherent limitations, our internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements, including the 
possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls, or fraud. Effective internal controls can provide only reasonable 
assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. 

Our management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022. 
In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (COSO) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013).  Based on this assessment, our management concluded that as 
of December 31, 2022, material weaknesses were identified in March 2023 as described below, and, as a result, our internal control over 
financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2022. 

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there 
is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or 
detected on a timely basis. 

89 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Material Weaknesses 

In March 2023, we identified material weaknesses in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2022 resulting from a misappropriation of assets under a legacy credit card program utilized by a limited number of our employees affiliated 
with one of our subsidiaries. Specifically, in March 2023, during the process of retiring this credit card program, the Company determined 
that a mid-level accounting employee had charged approximately $4,000 in personal expenses on his corporate credit card, and that certain 
non-accounting employees also charged personal expenses of an immaterial amount in aggregate. This accounting employee had roles in 
the Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting, including controls for this subsidiary’s corporate credit card program. 
As  a  result,  there  were  individually  and  in  the  aggregate  deficiencies  that  represent  material  weaknesses  including:  (i)  inadequate 
segregation of duties; (ii) a failure to identify fraud risks; and (iii) a failure in the design and operating effectiveness of control activities 
for which the accounting employee’s competent authority was compromised. 

In response, the Company performed additional analyses, reconciliations and other post-closing procedures to ensure that our 
consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this  Form  10-K  were  prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles (“GAAP”). 

These control deficiencies did not have any material impact on our current or prior period consolidated annual or interim financial 
statements,  but  could  have  resulted  in  material  misstatements  to  the  annual  or  interim  financial  statements  that  would  not  have  been 
prevented  or  detected. Accordingly,  management  concluded  that  the  control  deficiencies  were  material  weaknesses  in  the  Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting. 

Deloitte & Touche LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements, 
has issued an audit report on our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, which is included in Item 8 of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Except for the material weaknesses discussed above, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially 
affect, our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2022. 

Remediation of Material Weaknesses 

Our management, under the oversight of the Audit Committee, is in the process of remediating the material weaknesses in our 
internal control over financial reporting as noted above. We have already implemented and will continue to implement measures designed 
to directly address, or contribute to, the remediation of our material weaknesses and the enhancement of our internal control over financial 
reporting, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Termination  of  the  mid-level  accounting  employee  referenced  above  and  reassignment  of  this  employee’s  roles  and 
responsibilities within impacted control activities. 

Complete the transition of all employees from the legacy subsidiary credit card program to the Company’s established 
credit card program, which is subject to centralized review, approval, monitoring, and reconciliation processes and controls. 

Enhancement of our fraud risk assessment in order to more fully tailor the design of internal control over financial reporting 
to ensure appropriate segregation of duties and mitigate the risk of material misstatement caused by fraud. 

Enhancement of training for employees on compliance with the Company’s travel and entertainment policy and Code of 
Conduct, as well as its internal control over financial reporting. 

The material weaknesses will not be considered remediated until management completes its remediation plan and the enhanced 
controls operate for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that the related controls are effective. The 
Company will monitor the effectiveness of its remediation plan and will refine its remediation plan as appropriate. 

90 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Anika Therapeutics, Inc. 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Anika Therapeutics, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 
31,  2022,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weaknesses identified below on 
the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting 
as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the 
consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2022, of the Company and our report dated March 16, 2023, 
expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements. 

Basis for Opinion  

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over 
Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our 
audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in 
accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and 
the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our 
audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, 
testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other 
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance 
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide 
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations 
of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of 
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of 
any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

91 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Material Weaknesses 

A  material  weakness  is  a  deficiency,  or  a  combination  of  deficiencies, in  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  such  that there  is  a 
reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected 
on a timely basis.  Management’s assessment identified that there were individually and in the aggregate deficiencies that represent material 
weaknesses including: 

inadequate segregation of duties 
failure to identify fraud risks; and 

i. 
ii. 
iii.  a failure in the design and operating effectiveness of control activities for which the accounting employee’s competent 

authority was compromised. 

These  material  weaknesses  were  considered  in  determining  the  nature,  timing,  and  extent  of  audit  tests  applied  in  our  audit  of  the 
consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2022, of the Company, and this report does not affect our report 
on such financial statements. 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP 

Boston, Massachusetts 
March 16, 2023 

92 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 

[None]. 

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS 

Not applicable. 

93 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

PART III 

The  information  required  under  this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  our  definitive  proxy  statement  pursuant  to 
Regulation 14A,  which  proxy  statement  will  be  filed  with  the  SEC  not  later  than  120 days  after  the  close  of  our  fiscal  year  ended 
December 31, 2022. 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The  information  required  under  this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  our  definitive  proxy  statement  pursuant  to 
Regulation 14A,  which  proxy  statement  will  be  filed  with  the  SEC  not  later  than  120 days  after  the  close  of  our  fiscal  year  ended 
December 31, 2022. 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The  information  required  under  this  item  and  Item 5  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  under  the  heading  “Equity 
Compensation Plan Information” is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A, which 
proxy statement will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2022. 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The  information  required  under  this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  our  definitive  proxy  statement  pursuant  to 
Regulation 14A,  which  proxy  statement  will  be  filed  with  the  SEC  not  later  than  120 days  after  the  close  of  our  fiscal  year  ended 
December 31, 2022. 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The  information  required  under  this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  our  definitive  proxy  statement  pursuant  to 
Regulation 14A,  which  proxy  statement  will  be  filed  with  the  SEC  not  later  than  120 days  after  the  close  of  our  fiscal  year  ended 
December 31, 2022. 

94 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

PART IV 

(a) 

Documents filed as part of Form 10-K. 

(1)            Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ................................................................................................. 
Consolidated Balance Sheets ................................................................................................................................................ 
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income .................................................................................. 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity ................................................................................................................ 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows .............................................................................................................................. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ........................................................................................................................ 

58
60
61
62
63
64

(2)            Schedules 

Schedules have been omitted as all required information has been disclosed in the financial statements and related footnotes.  

(3)            Exhibits 

Exhibit  
Number 

+2.1 

+2.2 

3.1 
3.2 
****4.1 
10.1a 

10.1b 

10.2a 

10.2b 

10.3a 

10.3b 

10.3c 

10.4a 

10.4b 

10.4c 

Description 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 4, 2020, by and between Anika Therapeutics, Inc., Arthrosurface, Inc., 
Button Merger Sub, Inc. and Boston Millennia Partners Button Shareholder Representation, Inc. 
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 4, 2020, by and between Anika Therapeutics, Inc., Parcus Medical, LLC, 
Sunshine Merger Sub, LLC and Philip Mundy 

   Certificate of Incorporation of Anika Therapeutics, Inc. 
   Bylaws of Anika Therapeutics, Inc., effective as of June 6, 2018 
   Description of Securities of Anika Therapeutics, Inc. 

Lease, dated January 3, 2007, between Anika Therapeutics, Inc. and Farley White Wiggins, LLC, relating to 32 Wiggins 
Avenue, Bedford, Massachusetts 
Amendment No. 1 to Lease, dated February 1, 2007, between Anika Therapeutics, Inc. and Farley White Wiggins, LLC, 
relating to 32 Wiggins Avenue, Bedford, Massachusetts 
Translation of Lease Agreement, dated October 9, 2015, between Anika Therapeutics S.r.l. and Consorzio Zona 
Industriale E Porto Fluviale di Padova relating to Land Registry of the Municipality of Padova, Page 148, cadastral map 
516 and 517 
Translation of Amendment No. 1 to Lease Agreement, dated February 2, 2017, between Anika Therapeutics S.r.l. and 
Consorzio Zona Industriale E Porto Fluviale di Padova relating to Land Registry of the Municipality of Padova, Page 
148, cadastral map 516 and 517 
Lease Agreement, dated November 26, 2012, between High Properties and Parcus Medical LLC relating to 6423 
Parkland Drive, Suites 101 and 102, Sarasota, FL 
Amendment #1 to the Lease, Renewal Amendement, dated January 4, 2018, between High Properties and Parcus 
Medical LLC relating to 6423 Parkland Drive, Suites 101 and 102, Sarasota, FL 
Lease Agreement, dated May 25, 2017, between High Properties and Parcus Medical, LLC relating to 6455 Parkland 
Drive, Suite 101, Sarasota, FL 
Credit Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2017, among Anika Therapeutics, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Anika 
Therapeutics, Inc. as are or may from time to time become parties to the Credit Agreement, Bank of America, N.A., as 
administrative agent, swingline lender and issuer of letters of credit, and the lenders party thereto 
Security and Pledge Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2017, among Anika Therapeutics, Inc., certain subsidiaries of 
Anika Therapeutics, Inc. listed on the signature pages thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent 
First Amendment effective August 13, 2019, with respect to the Credit Agreement dated as of October 24, 2017 and the 
Security and Pledge Agreement dated as of October 24, 2017 

95 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
10.4d 

10.4e 

*10.5 

*10.6 
†10.7 
†10.8 
†10.9a 
†10.9b 
†10.9c 

Second Amendment effective May 14, 2020, with respect to the Credit Agreement dated as of October 24, 2017 and 
First Amendment to the Security and Pledge Agreement dated as of October 24, 2017 
Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of November 12, 2021, by and among Anika Therapeutics, Inc., the 
Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, L/C 
Issuer and Swingline Lender, and the other parties thereto 
License Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2003, by and between Anika Therapeutics, Inc. and Ortho Biotech 
Products, L.P. 

   License Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2011, by and between Anika Therapeutics, Inc. and DePuy Mitek, Inc. 
   Anika Therapeutics, Inc. Senior Executive Incentive Compensation Plan 
   Anika Therapeutics, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (restated as of February 9, 2022) 
   Second Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (adopted April 5, 2011) 
   Amendment to Second Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (adopted April 11, 2013) 
   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under Second Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Option and Incentive 

Plan   

†10.9d 

   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under Second Amended and Restated 

†10.10a 
†10.10b 

†10.10c 

†10.10d 

†10.10e 

†10.10f 

†10.10g 
†10.10h 
†10.10i 

†10.10j 

†10.10k 

2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan 

   Anika Therapeutics, Inc. 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (as amended effective June 8, 2022) 

Form of Notice of Grant of Incentive Stock Option, including Terms and Conditions of Stock Option, granted under Anika
Therapeutics, Inc. 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan. 
Form of Notice of Grant of Nonqualified Stock Option, including Terms and Conditions of Stock Option, granted under 
Anika Therapeutics, Inc. 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan 
Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Award, including Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Award, granted 
under Anika Therapeutics, Inc. 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan. 
Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units, including Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Units, granted 
under Anika Therapeutics, Inc. 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan 
Form of Notice of Grant of Deferred Stock Awards Units, including Terms and Conditions of Deferred Stock Units, 
granted under Anika Therapeutics, Inc. 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan 

   Anika Therapeutics, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (adopted March 17, 2021) 
   Anika Therapeutics, Inc. 2021 Inducement Plan (adopted November 4, 2021) 

Form of Notice of Grant of Nonqualified Stock Option, including Terms and Conditions of Stock Option, granted under 
Anika Therapeutics, Inc. 2021 Inducement Plan 
Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units Award, including Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Award, 
granted under Anika Therapeutics, Inc. 2021 Inducement Plan 
Form of Notice of Grant of Deferred Stock Awards Units, including Terms and Conditions of Deferred Stock Units, 
granted under Anika Therapeutics, Inc. 2021 Inducement Plan 

†10.11 
†10.12 

   Employment Agreement, dated April 23, 2020, by and between Anika Therapeutics, Inc., and Dr. Cheryl R. Blanchard 
   Executive Retention Agreement, dated August 10, 2020, by and between Anika Therapeutics, Inc. and Michael Levitz 

****†10.13     Executive Retention Agreement, dated March 9, 2020, by and between Anika Therapeutics, Inc. and David Colleran 

10.14 

10.15 

****21.1 
****23.1 
****31.1 
****31.2 
**32.1 
***101 

Fixed Dollar Accelerated Share Repurchase Transaction Confirmation entered into as of May 24, 2018 by and between 
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Anika Therapeutics, Inc. 
Fixed Dollar Accelerated Share Repurchase Transaction Confirmation entered into as of May 7, 2019 by and between 
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Anika Therapeutics, Inc. 

   List of Subsidiaries of Anika Therapeutics, Inc. 
   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP 
   Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
   Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
   Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
The following materials from the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Anika Therapeutics, Inc. for the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2022, formatted in Inline XBRL:  (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2022 and 
December 31, 2021; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended 
December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity 
for the Years Ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020; (iv) Consolidated Statements of 
Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020; and (v) Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements  

96 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
104 

   Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101) 

+ 

† 
* 

** 

*** 

**** 

Portions of this exhibit have been redacted in compliance with Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(2). The omitted information is
not material and would likely cause competitive harm to the Company if publicly disclosed. 
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 
Certain portions of this document have been omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission. The omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission. 
The certification attached as Exhibit 32.1 that accompanies this Form 10-K is not deemed filed with the SEC and is not to
be incorporated by reference into any filing of Anika Therapeutics, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, whether made before or after the date of this Form 10-K, irrespective of any general incorporation
language contained in such filing. 
Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is deemed not
filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is
deemed not filed for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise is not subject to liability
under these sections. 
Filed or furnished herewith 

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY 

Not applicable. 

97 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has 

duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date: March 16, 2023 

ANIKA THERAPEUTICS, INC. 

By:  

/s/ CHERYL BLANCHARD 
Cheryl R. Blanchard, Ph.D. 
Chief Executive Officer 

SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 

persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

Title 

Date 

/s/ CHERYL BLANCHARD 
Cheryl R. Blanchard, Ph.D. 

  President and Chief Executive Officer 
  (Principle Executive Officer) 

/s/ MICHAEL LEVITZ 
Michael Levitz 

  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 
  (Principal Financial Officer) 

/s/ IAN MCLEOD 
Ian McLeod 

  Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer 
  (Principal Accounting Officer) 

/s/ JEFFERY S. THOMPSON 
Jeffery S. Thompson 

  Director, Chairman of the Board 

/s/ SHERYL L. CONLEY 
Sheryl L. Conley 

/s/ JOHN HENNEMAN 
John Henneman 

  Director 

  Director 

/s/ GLENN R. LARSEN, PH.D. 
Glenn R. Larsen, Ph.D. 

  Director 

/s/ STEPHEN RICHARD 
Stephen Richard 

/s/ SUSAN N. VOGT 
Susan N. Vogt 

  Director 

  Director 

March 16, 2023 

March 16, 2023 

March 16, 2023 

March 16, 2023 

March 16, 2023 

March 16, 2023 

March 16, 2023 

March 16, 2023 

March 16, 2023 

98